Author, U · Web viewCentre for Applied Linguistics, University of Warwick. . This catalogue (June 2008) has been compiled thanks to work by Aruni

Warwick ELT Archive Catalogue

Centre for Applied Linguistics, University of Warwick

www.warwick.ac.uk/go/elt_archive

This catalogue (June 2008) has been compiled thanks to work by Aruni Mukherjee and Duncan Hunter between 2004 and 2008 which has been financed partly by grants from the University of Warwick Research Development Fund (2003) and the A.S. Hornby Educational Trust (2005-2007). Items on shelves are now all listed in this catalogue, in alphabetical order of book title. Significant parts of the collection remain to be catalogued, including genuinely ‘archival’ items (photographs, typescripts, etc.) and AV materials (tapes, gramophone records, films etc.).

Ogden, C. K. 1944. The ABC of Basic English (in Basic). London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Murray, J. N. C. 1960. The ABC of the English Verb for Foreign Students. London: Publishers and General Export Service. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Origin obscure but an early example of ‘desktop publishing’.

Hemming, J. and J. M. Stitt. 1966. Absorbing English Workbook 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Hemming, J. and E. V. Gatenby. 1958. Absorbing English. Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 15/1, p. 37. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-15, British Library, National Library of Scotland National Library of Scotland (Teacher¹s Book only) (COPAC). Book 1, Teacher's Book in Dakin Collection.

Hemming, J. and E. V. Gatenby. 1958. Absorbing English: Teacher's Book. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Jordan, R. R. 1980. Academic Writing Course. London: Collins. * Donated by Meriel Bloor.

Coles, M. L. B. 1978. Access to English Open Road. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Coles, M. L. B. 1979. Access to English Open Road Workbook. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

1

Coles, M. L. B. 1976. Access to English. Turning Point. London: Oxford University Press.

Coles, M. L. B. 1979. Access to English. Turning Point Workbook. London: Oxford University Press.

Coles, M. L. B. 1978. Access to English. Turning Point Teacher's Book. London: Oxford University Press.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1975. Access to English: Getting On. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1975. Access to English: Getting On Part A. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1975. Access to English: Getting On Part B. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1978. Access to English: Getting On Workbook A. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1978. Access to English: Getting On Workbook B. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1976. Access to English: Getting On. Teacher's Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1974. Access to English: Starting Out, Part A London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1974. Access to English: Starting Out, Part B. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1974. Access to English: Starting Out. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1975. Access to English: Starting Out. Teacher's Edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Advertised on the back cover of ELT 30/1.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1975. Access to English: Starting Out. Workbook A. London: Oxford University Press.

2

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1977. Access to English: Starting Out. Workbook B. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1976. Access to English: Test Pack 1. London: Oxford University Press.

Coles, M. and B. Lord. 1976. Access to English: Test Pack 2. London: Oxford University Press.

Kober, L. 1950. Across the English-Speaking World. Wien: Osterreichischer Bundesverlag. * Dakin Collection.

Haycraft, J. and B. Haycraft. 1977. Action: Early Stages in English. Student's Book. London: Macmillan.

Haycraft, J. and B. Haycraft. 1977. Action: Early Stages in English. Teacher's Book. London: Macmillan.

Pittman, G. A. 1965. Activating Advanced English Vocabulary. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 21/3, p. 275. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 190

Pittman, G. A. 1966. Activating the Use of Prepositions. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Brinton, E, W. Plumb and C. White. 1974. Active Context English Book 1. London: Macmillan.

Brinton, E, W. Plumb and C. White. 1974. Active Context English Book 1 with Teacher's Notes. London: Macmillan.



Brinton, E, W. Plumb and C. White. 1972. Active Context English Book 3 with Teacher's Notes. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes:.

Mangold, W. 1958. Active English Merry-Go-Round: A Dynamic Review of Modern English Analysed and Explained for Advanced Students. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection.

3

Cook, V. J. 1968. Active Intonation. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Dakin Collection.

Filipovic, R. e. 1972. Active Methods and Modern Aids in the Teaching of Foreign Languages: Papers from the 10th F.I.P.L.V. Congress. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Julia Khan.

Geddes, M. 1977. Activity Days in Language Learning. London: The British Council, English Language Teaching Institute. * Notes for Teacher-Trainers. Donated by SLALS, University of Reading

Page, J. 1938. Adam Bede by George Eliot. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Tregidgo, P. S. and A. L. Mawasha. 1979. Advance with English: Standard 6. Pupils' Book. Cape Town: Maskew Miller Longman.

Tregidgo, P. S. and A. L. Mawasha. 1979. Advance with English: Standard 6. Teacher's Guide. Cape Town: Maskew Miller Longman.

Tregidgo, P. S. and A. L. Mawasha. 1980. Advance with English: Standard 7. Pupils' Book. Cape Town: Maskew Miller Longman.

Rayan, K. 1979. Advanced Reading Comprehension London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. and D. J. May. 1962. Advanced Comprehension and Appreciation Pieces for Overseas Students. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 17/1, p. 56, Reviewed in ELT 19/1, p. 45. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-36

Morrow, K. 1978. Advanced Conversational English Workbook. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Allen, C. J. 1969. Advanced Dictation Exercises for Overseas Students. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Palmer, J. D. 1968. Advanced English. Mogadishu: Ministry of Education.

Kaneli, S. 1977. Advanced English Composition London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Gethin, A. 1979. Advanced English Comprehension: Key Nelson: Sunbury-on-Thames. * Dakin Collection.

Kelly, B. 1940. An Advanced English Course for Foreign Students. London:

4

Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes. Advertised on back cover of OE 12/1

Fuller, H. R. and F. F. Wasell. 1961. Advanced English Exercises. New York: McGraw-Hill. * Dakin Collection.

Christophersen, P. and A. O. Sandved. 1969. An Advanced English Grammar. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

Graver, B. D. 1963. Advanced English Practice. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143, Reviewed in ELT 20/1, p. 94, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 156. Suitable for those preparing for Cambridge Proficiency Examination

Graver, B. D. 1971. Advanced English Practice with Key. London: Oxford University Press. * 2nd edition. Notes: Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Berman, M. 1979. Advanced Language Practice for EFL. London: Hodder & Stoughton. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 35/4, p. 463

Hornby, A. S, E. V. Gatenby and H. Wakefield. 1948. The Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Change of title only; not a new edition. (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S, E. V. Gatenby and H. Wakefield. 1948. The Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. London: Oxford University Press. * 2nd edition. Notes: Donated by Peter Collier. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 11, Reviewed in ELT 18/2, p. 90. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, S-1. British Library, Edinburgh, Imperial College, Leeds, Sheffield, ULL, Warwick, National Library of Scotland, Oxford (COPAC).

Hornby, A. S, E. V. Gatenby and H. Wakefield. 1963. The Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. London: Oxford University Press. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 11, Reviewed in ELT 18/2, p. 90. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, S-1. British Library, Edinburgh, Imperial College, Leeds, Sheffield, ULL, Warwick, National Library of Scotland, Oxford (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S, E. V. Gatenby and H. Wakefield. 1963. The Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. London: Oxford University Press. Notes: Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: 2nd edition. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 11, Reviewed in ELT 18/2, p. 90. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, S-1. British Library, Edinburgh, Imperial College, Leeds, Sheffield, ULL, Warwick, National Library of Scotland, Oxford (COPAC)

O'Connor, J. D. 1971. Advanced Phonetic Reader. London: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

5

Saitz, R. L. and D. Baumwoll. 1965. Advanced Reading and Writing: Exercises in English as a Second Language. New York: Holt. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1965. An Advanced Refresher Course. London: Oxford University Press. * Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 185

Harmer, J. and J. Arnold. 1978. Advanced Speaking Skills. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Hill, L. A. 1965. Advanced Stories for Reproduction. London: Oxford University Press. * Reset and reprinted with illustrations

Robinson, C. 1976. Advanced Use of English: A Coursebook. London: Hamish Hamilton. * Dakin Collection. Location: In Warwick ELT Archive

Arnold, J. and J. Harmer. 1978. Advanced Writing Skills. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Downman, L. 1958. Adventure in London. Stockholm: Forlag. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 3rd edition

Keir, G. 1949. Adventures in Writing Book 4: A Holiday on the Farm and Book 6: Green Island. Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Keir, G. 1950. Adventures in Writing Book 5: The Circus. Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Keir, G. 1950. Adventures in Writing Book 6: Green Island. Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Grieve, D. W. 1956. Adventures into Poetry for African Schools (Teachers' Book). London: Macmillan. Notes: Dakin Collection. Reviewed in ELT 8/1, p. 30. Author Role: (Ed.)

Dodd, E. F. 1955. The Adventures of Lila and Chandran. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Treacher, P. and E. L. D. U. o. O. University. 1970. The Adventures of Mr Bunion: Book A. Colchester: English Language Teaching Development Unit * Described inside front cover as 'not for general sale'.

Treacher, P. and E. L. D. U. o. O. University. 1970. The Adventures of Mr Bunion: Book B. Colchester: English Language Teaching Development Unit * Described inside front cover as 'not for general sale'.

6

Forrest, R. 1965. An African Reader. London: Longman.

Retord, G. L, R. Richard and C. I. Dailly. 1978. African Ways 1: Voices. Paris: Nathan Afrique.

Retord, G. L, R. Richard and C. I. Dailly. 1978. African Ways 2: Echoes. Paris: Nathan Afrique.

Cotton, D. and R. Owen. 1980. Agenda Casebook. London: Harrap. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Murphy, M, A. Taweel, M. Awwad and W. Abu-Gharbia. 1975. Agricultural English for Jordan Book One. Amman: Ministry of Education (Jordan) * Dakin Collection.

Jones, C. 1978. All in a Year. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

1977. Alphabetical Spelling List. Targets 1-7. Pergamon.

Fries, C. C. 1940. American English Grammar: The Grammatical Structure of Present-Day American English with Especial Reference to Social Differences or Class Dialects. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts. * The Report of an Investigation Financed by the National Council of Teachers of English and Supported by the Modern Language Association and the Linguistic Society of America

O'Neill, R, R. Kingsbury, T. Yeadon and E. Cornelius. 1978. American Kernel Lessons. Intermediate. Teacher's Manual. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1969. American Language Course Crossword Puzzles: Intermediate Phase Student Worksheet. USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1973. American Language Course Graded Reader II Student Text. USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1973. American Language Course Graded Reader III Student Text. USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1976. American Language Course Volume 600 Elementary Phase ( Student Text ). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.


7


Defense Language, I. 1967. American Language Course Volume 1100-1400 Elementary Phase ( Student Workbook ). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.





Defense Language, I. 1968. American Language Course Volume 2100-2400 Intermediate Phase (Instructor Text). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1967. American Language Course Volume 2100 ( Visuals for Situation Tapes ). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1964. American Language Course Volume 2100 Intermediate Phase ( Student Text ). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1963. American Language Course Volume 2100/2200 Intermediate Phase (Student Workbook). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1964. American Language Course Volume 2200 Intermediate Phase ( Student Text ). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1964. American Language Course Volume 2300 Intermediate Phase (Student Text). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1964. American Language Course Volume 2300/2400 Intermediate Phase ( Student Workbook ). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Defense Language, I. 1964. American Language Course Volume 2400 Intermediate

8

Phase ( Student Text ). USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Dykstra, G, A. Port and R. Port. 1966. Ananse Tales: A Course in Controlled Composition- Manual. New York: Teachers College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Chettab, A. 1971. Anatomy of English. (?) Ministere Des Enseignements Primaire et Secondaire. * In Warwick ELT Archive

Hugo's Language, I. Anglais en Trois Mois: English for French Speaking People. London: Hugo's Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Sweet, H. 1893. Anglo-Saxon Primer. Oxford: Clarendon. * Dakin Collection.

Sweet, H. 1922. An Anglo-Saxon Reader in Prose and Verse with Grammar, Metre, Notes and Glossary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by John Spencer. Notes: 9th ed. revised by C.T. Onions.

Lado, R. 1955. Annotated Bibliography for Teachers of English as a Foreign Language. Washington, D.C.: United States Government Printing Office. * , Noted in BC Biblio 1963, T-8

Robinson, J. O. 1969. An Annotated Bibliography of Modern Language Teaching. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

James, E. e. 1956. An Anthology of English Prose, 1400-1900. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Hughes, F. 1965. Apostrophes and the Punctuation of Speech. London: Hart-Davis. * Series Volume ID: 3. * Dakin Collection.

Perren, G. E. and J. L. M. e. Trim. 1971. Application of Lingustics: Selected Papers of the Second International Congress of Applied Linguistics Cambridge 1969. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Nasr, R. T. 1973. Applied English Grammar. Hong Kong? : Longman (Far East). * Dakin Collection.

Allen, H. B. E. 1964. Applied English Linguistics Second Edition. New York: Meredith. * Donated by Hilary Nes.

Drake, H. B. 1939. An Approach to English Literature for Students Abroad: Book Three, Four & Five. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Book Five reviewed in ELT 5/5, p. 138

9

Drake, H. B. 1939. An Approach to English Literature for Students Abroad: Books One and Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Morgan, J. O. C. and E. M. Batchelor. 1959. The Approach to School Certificate English. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-38. Intended to prepare pupils for English Languague I and II in the Cambridge Overseas School Certificate

Oskarsson, M. 1978. Approaches to Self-Assessment in Foreign Language Learning. Oxford: Pergamon Press. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, K. and K. Morrow. 1979. Approaches: A Language Activation Course for Intermediate Students. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Holtwisch, H. v. 1972. Arbeitsbuch 2. Munich: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

U Myo Min, P. W. and D. Y. Morgan. 1957. The Archway English Course for Burma. Book 2. Madras: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 12/2, p. 74 (Books 1 & 2), 13/2, p. 84, ELT 14/1, p. 49. Book 1: 143pp.; Book 2: 236pp.; Book 3: 194pp.; T.Handbook: 76pp. Published in Calcutta 1957, 1958. Book 2, 3, Teacher's Handbook 1 in Dakin Collection.

U Myo Min, P. W. and D. Y. Morgan. 1958. The Archway English Course for Burma. Book 3. Madras: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 12/2, p. 74 (Books 1 & 2), 13/2, p. 84, ELT 14/1, p. 49. Book 1: 143pp.; Book 2: 236pp.; Book 3: 194pp.; T.Handbook: 76pp. Published in Calcutta 1957, 1958. Book 2, 3, Teacher's Handbook 1 in Dakin Collection.

U Myo Min, P. W. and D. Y. Morgan. 1956. The Archway English Course for Burma. Teacher’s Handbook, Part 1. Madras: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 12/2, p. 74 (Books 1 & 2), 13/2, p. 84, ELT 14/1, p. 49. Book 1: 143pp.; Book 2: 236pp.; Book 3: 194pp.; T.Handbook: 76pp. Published in Calcutta 1957, 1958. Book 2, 3, Teacher's Handbook 1 in Dakin Collection.

Scott, W. 1979. Are you Listening? Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Angiolillo, P. F. 1947. Armed Forces' Foreign Language Teaching. New York: S.F. Vanni. * Dakin Collection.

Dennis, G. W. and D. W. H. Sharp. 1966. The Art of Summary. London: Longmans. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Gouin, F. 1892. The Art of Teaching and Studying Languages, London: Philip;

10

translation by Swan, H. and Bétis, V. of Gouin, F. (1880) Essai sur une réforme des méthodes d’enseignement. Exposé d’une nouvelle méthode linguistique. L’art d’enseigner et d’étudier les langues. Paris: Fischbacher. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 6).

Morris, I. 1954. The Art of Teaching English as a Living Language. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-57. Dakin Collection, British Library, National Library of Scotland, Leeds, Liverpool, Nottingham (COPAC). 'Comprehensive introduction to the teaching of English to foreigners, based on practical experiences. The grading of vocabulary and grammar and the need for oral approach in the early stages are stressed; reading and writing are discussed in some detail and at all levels. For oral work the value of both drills and controlled, sustained speech is discussed. Silent reading is contrasted with reading aloud. General factors such as size of classes, mental and cultural level of students, etc. are considered'. ((BC Biblio 1963)) 1959 impression mistakenly lists 1956 as first date of publication (COPAC)

Kench, A. B. 1970. Asking Questions: Notes, Exercises and Dialogues on How to Ask Questions in English. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Lung, C. N, S. K. Chuen, T. K. Kui and W. S. Lun. 1978. At What Cost? Instruction through the English Medium in HK Schools Hong Kong (University of Hong Kong?). * The Dakin Collection.

Mittins, W. H, M. Salu, M. Edminson and S. Coyne. 1970. Attitudes to English Usage. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Ebright, D. F. 1955. The Audio-Visual Handbook for India. India: The Audio-Visual Aids Committee, National Christian Council of India. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: Author Role: Ed.

Uldall, E. 1967. Audio-Visual Material for English Language Teaching: A Catalogue. London: The British Council. * Dakin Collection.

Strevens, P. 1958. Aural Aids in Language Teaching. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in ELT 13/3, p. 126. CELTE. Reviewed in OE 31/2, p. 88. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-95. Published for the British Council. 'Brief survey of the function and techniques of using gramophone records, tapes, radio and sound films in language teaching. Sections on buying equipment and its maintenance in tropical climates. List of records available (in 1958) for English teaching'. (BC Biblio 1963)

Russell, M. 1975. Aural Tests: Listening Comprehension Test Papers. Students' Book. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

11

Russell, M. 1975. Aural Tests: Listening Comprehension Test Papers. Teachers' Book. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Turner, G. 1966. Australia: People and Pictures. Berlin: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Clarke, P. H. C. 1954. Aventures at Dabanga School. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Haycraft, J. 1965. Babel in London. London: Hamish Hamilton.

Haycraft, J. 1958. Babel in Spain. London: The Travel Book Club.

Williams, G. E. 1954. Bahasa Inggeris. Washington: American Council of Learned Societies. * Dakin Collection.

Services, E. L. 1966. Banking. New York: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by Christiopher Brumfit.

Young, G. M. 1943. Basic. Oxford: Clarendon Press. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Tract No. 72 of the Society for Pure English. Reviewed in OE 15/3. p. 133

Neurath, O. 1937. Basic by Isotype. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. Notes: Donated by Peter Collier. Author Role: Director of International Foundation of Visual Education

Hill, L. A. 1967. Basic Comprehension Tests Part 1. London: Stillit. * Dakin Collection.

Ogden, C. 1935. Basic English. London: Kegan Paul. Notes: 5th edition.

Richards, I. A. 1943. Basic English and its Uses. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. Notes: Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Fellow of Magdalene College, Cambridge

Ogden, C. 1931. Basic English Applied (Science). London: Kegan Paul.

Donovan, P. 1979. Basic English for Science. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Donovan, P. 1979. Basic English for Science- Teacher's Book. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Ogden, C. K. 1935. Basic English versus the Artificial Languages. London: Kegan Paul.

12

Ogden, C. 1942. Basic for Science. London: Kean Paul, Trench, Trubner. * (Reset and reprinted in Gordon, W. Terrence (ed.), C.K. Ogden and Linguistics, London: Routledge / Thoemmes Press, Volume 2)

Dobinson, H. M. 1976. Basic Skills You Need. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Cant, J. P. N. 1974. The Basic Sounds of English. London: AV.E.L.C. International * Dakin Collection.

Moyle, D. and C. Downs. 1976. A Basic Vocabulary of Reading Terms United Kingdom Reading Association * Donated by Tony Howatt.

Ogden, C. K. 1930. The Basic Vocabulary: A Statistical Analysis with Special Reference to Substitution and Translation. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner. * (Extract, reset and reprinted in Gordon, W. Terrence (ed.), C.K. Ogden and Linguistics, London: Routledge / Thoemmes Press, Volume 2)

Thornhill, P. 1966. The Battle of Hastings. London: Methuen. * Dakin Collection.

1944. BBC Yearbook. Norwich and London: Jarrold. * Dakin Collection.

Goffin, R. C. 1936. Beau Geste by P.C. Wren. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1958. Bedtime Stories. London: Longmans. * Donated by Adam West.

Wilson, J, S.H and C.J. 1956. Beginning English in West Africa. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 29/2, p. 91

Royds-Irmak, D. E. 1975. Beginning Scientific English Book 1. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Royds-Irmak, D. E. 1975. Beginning Scientific English Book 2. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

British Broadcasting, C. 1972. The Bellcrest File. London: Oxford University Press/BBC. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Cover title The Bellcrest file the Book of the BBC English by radio and televion series 'English for Business .

Unknown. 1951. The Bennett System for Teaching English as a Second Language Grades 1-2. Johanesburg: APB Publishers. * Dakin Collection.

Unknown. 1951. The Bennett System for Teaching English as a Second Language Standard 1. Johanesburg: APB Publishers. * Dakin Collection.

13

Berlitz, M. D. 1898. The Berlitz Method for Teaching Modern Languages. English Part. First Book, European edition, 10th rev. ed. Berlin: Cronbach. * (2 copies) (one in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 5).

O'Connor, J. D. 1967. Better English Pronunciation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Barnard, G. 1959. Better Spoken English (1972 Edition). London: Macmillan. * 1972 impression, with slightly different foreword from 1959 edition . Reviewed in ELT 14/2, p. 93

Barnard, G. 1959. Better Spoken English (hardback). London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2 copies in WELTA.

Barnard, G. 1959. Better Spoken English (softback). London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: hardback and softback copies held in WELTA.

Maley, A. and R. S. Newberry. 1974. Between You and Me. Nelson. * . Notes: Reviewed in ELT 30/1, p. 84

Maley, A. and A. Duff. 1976. Beyond Words: Certificate Reading and Listening Skills. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 34/1. p. 74.

Maley, A. and A. Duff. 1976. Beyond Words: Certificate Reading and Listening Skills. Teacher's Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 34/1. p. 74.

Community Relations, C. 1971. A Bibliography for Teachers of Immigrants. Community Relations Commission. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

West, M. 1926. Bilingualism (with special reference to Bengal). Calcutta: Government of India Central Publication Branch. * Bureau of Education, India, Occasional Reports No. 13 2 copies in (one in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 3)

Kennedy, D. 1948. A Book for Beginners in English Part 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Kennedy, D. 1948. A Book for Beginners in English Part 2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

14

Central Board of Secondary, E. 1969. A Book of English Prose. Delhi: CBSE. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1962. Brave Children of Other Lands. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Long, M. N. and J. C. Richards. 1977. Breakthrough 1: A Course in English Communication Practice. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Long, M. N. and J. C. Richards. 1977. Breakthrough 1: A Course in English Communication Practice- Tapescript. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Long, M. N, J. C. Richards and S. Panpat. 1978. Breakthrough 1: A Course in English Communication Practice- Teacher's Book. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.



Long, M. N. and J. C. Richards. 1979. Breakthrough 2: A Course in English Communication Practice- Teacher's Book. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.



Long, M. N. and J. C. Richards. 1979. Breakthrough 3: A Course in English Communication Practice- Teacher's Book. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Mackay, D. and B. Thompson. 1970. Breakthrough: My Word Maker. London: Longman for the Schools Council. * Dakin Collection.

Carroll, B. J. 1968. The Bridge Intensive Course. Madras: Oxford University Press. *

15

Dakin Collection.

Carroll, B. J. 1969. The Bridge Intensive Course. Madras: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Carroll, J. B. 1969. The Bridge Intensive Course Tutors' Manual. Madras: Oxford University Press. * 2nd edition

Notes: Orig.publ.1968. [A pre-university course, an early example of English for academic purposes by an author who later played an important role in the development of the (I)ELTS Test].Dakin Collection.

Eckersley, C. E. 1941. Brighter English. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Editions: New ed. 1943 (1948 reprint of this in Liverpool). 3rd edition ed. (1954) in Oxford; 4th revised ed. (1959) in Oxford (1964 reissue of this in British Library)¹; 4th ed, revised (1966) in British Library. (COPAC)

Eckersley, C. E. 1943. Brighter English. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Editions: New ed. 1943 (1948 reprint of this in Liverpool). 3rd edition ed. (1954) in Oxford; 4th revised ed. (1959) in Oxford (1964 reissue of this in British Library)¹; 4th ed, revised (1966) in British Library. (COPAC)

Eckersley, C. E. 1959. Brighter English: Revised Edition. London: Longmans. * 4th edition. Editions: New ed. 1943 (1948 reprint of this in Liverpool). 3rd edition ed. (1954) in Oxford; 4th revised ed. (1959) in Oxford (1964 reissue of this in British Library)¹; 4th ed, revised (1966) in British Library. (COPAC)

Eckersley, C. E. and M. Macaulay. 1952. Brighter Grammar: An English Grammar with Exercises. Book Four. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-54. 1953 second impression. Another (1954) reissue in National Library of Scotland. 1983 New ed. (for Nigeria?) by Ogundipe, P[hebean] A[jibola], Eckersley, C.E. and Macaulay, M. in British Library, National Library of Scotland. 1987 New ed. by Eckersley, C.E, Macaulay, M, revised by D.K. Swan, in British Library, Oxford, Cambridge, National Library of Scotland (COPAC) Book 1, 2, 3, 4 in Dakin Collection.

Eckersley, C. E. and M. Macaulay. 1952. Brighter Grammar: An English Grammar with Exercises. Book One. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-54. 1953 second impression. Another (1954) reissue in National Library of Scotland. 1983 New ed. (for Nigeria?) by Ogundipe, P[hebean] A[jibola], Eckersley, C.E. and Macaulay, M. in British Library, National Library of Scotland. 1987 New ed. by Eckersley, C.E, Macaulay, M, revised by D.K. Swan, in British Library, Oxford, Cambridge, National Library of Scotland (COPAC) Book 1, 2, 3, 4 in Dakin Collection.

16

Eckersley, C. E. and M. Macaulay. 1952. Brighter Grammar: An English Grammar with Exercises. Book Three. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-54. 1953 second impression. Another (1954) reissue in National Library of Scotland. 1983 New ed. (for Nigeria?) by Ogundipe, P[hebean] A[jibola], Eckersley, C.E. and Macaulay, M. in British Library, National Library of Scotland. 1987 New ed. by Eckersley, C.E, Macaulay, M, revised by D.K. Swan, in British Library, Oxford, Cambridge, National Library of Scotland (COPAC) Book 1, 2, 3, 4 in Dakin Collection.

Eckersley, C. E. and M. Macaulay. 1952. Brighter Grammar: An English Grammar with Exercises. Book Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-54. 1953 second impression. Another (1954) reissue in National Library of Scotland. 1983 New ed. (for Nigeria?) by Ogundipe, P[hebean] A[jibola], Eckersley, C.E. and Macaulay, M. in British Library, National Library of Scotland. 1987 New ed. by Eckersley, C.E, Macaulay, M, revised by D.K. Swan, in British Library, Oxford, Cambridge, National Library of Scotland (COPAC) Book 1, 2, 3, 4 in Dakin Collection.

Ely, P. 1980. Bring the Lab to Life. Canterbury: Pilgrims Publications. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Davies, P. J. 1978. Britain in Focus: Study Passages for First Certificate. London: Hodder & Stoughton. * Dakin Collection.

Ward, J. M. 1961. British and American English: Short Stories and Other Writings, A Comparison with Comments and Exercise. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-104

Baschiera, K, R. Hassfurther and T. H. Reitterer. 1954. A British and American Reader. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

Firth, J. 1971. British Banking. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christiopher Brumfit.

Firth, J. 1973. British Banking Overseas. London: Cassell. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Barker, S. E. 1946. British Universities. London: Longmans. * Donated by Shelagh Rixon.

Lloyd-James, A. 1936. Broadcast English II. London: BBC. Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 13 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

17

Lloyd-James, A. 1932. Broadcast English III. London: BBC. Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 13 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Lloyd-James, A. 1934. Broadcast English IV. London: BBC. Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 13 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Lloyd-James, A. 1935. Broadcast English V. London: BBC. Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 13 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Lloyd-James, A. 1937. Broadcast English VI. London: BBC. Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 13 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Lloyd-James, A. 1939. Broadcast English VII. London: BBC. Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 13 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Author unknown. 1955. Bru The Gruzzly. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Bruton, J. G. 1969. The Bruton English Course for Adults: Book Three. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Bruton, J. G. 1969. The Bruton English Course for Adults: Book Two. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Bruton, J. G. 1969. The Bruton English Course for Adults: Tapescript One. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Bruton, J. G. 1969. The Bruton English Course for Adults: Teachers Book One. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Bruton, J. G. 1969. The Bruton English Course: Book One. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Bruton, J. G. 1970. The Bruton English Course: Tapescript Three. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Bruton, J. G. 1970. The Bruton English Course: Tapescript Two. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Bruton, J. G. 1970. The Bruton English Course: Teacher's Book Three. London:

18

Nelson. * Donated by Christoper Brumfit.

Bruton, J. G. 1970. The Bruton English Course: Teacher's Book Two. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Unknown. 1967. Building our English: Book 1. Teacher's Programme. Arusha: Longmans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Abbs, B. and I. Freebairn. 1979. Building Strategies 2. Students' Book. London: Longmans. * Donated by Brian Abbs.

Allen, B. 1978. The Business Letter. London: Evans.

Naterop, B, E. Weis and E. Haberfellner. 1977. Business Letters for All. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

O'Neill, R. 1976. Business News: Comprehension and Discussion from the Financial Times. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Archer, M. and Nolan-Woods. 1977. Cambridge Certificate English. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

University of Cambridge Local Examinations, S. 1975. Cambridge Examinations in English; Changes of Syllabus in 1975. Cambridge: Foister and Jagg. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Stone, L. 1965. Cambridge First Certificate English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Stone, L. 1967. Cambridge Proficiency English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Dunlop, I. 1961. Can You Speak English? Stockholm: Sveriges Radio. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. The Carters of Greenwood: Cineloops for English as a Foreign/Second Language. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. The Carters of Greenwood: Cineloops for English as a Foreign/Second Language- Elementary Workbook. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. and D. Mallet. 1972. Cartoons 1 for Students of English. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection .

19



Hicks, D, M. Pote, A. Esnol and D. Wright. 1979. A Case for English: Language Activation for Intermediate and More Advanced Students. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 35/1, p. 74.

Hicks, D, M. Pote, A. Esnol and D. Wright. 1979. A Case for English: Teacher's Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Matias. 1959. The Cat's Tail. London: Hutchinson. * Dakin Collection.

Sauveur, L. 1874. Causeries avec mes élèves. New York: Christern. * Published jointly with Schönhof und Möller (Boston) (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 5).

Grieve, D. W. and K. Pratt. 1968. Certificate English Language. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Etherton, A. R. B. 1958. Certificate Precis and Comprehension. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Abbs, B. and M. Sexton. 1977. Challenges: A Multi-Media Project for Learners of English. Students' Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Garst, T. E. 1971. Change and Challenge. Mexico City: McGraw-Hill. * Dakin Collection.

Norris, W. E. and J. E. e. Strain. Charles Carpenter Fries: His 'Oral' Approach for Teaching and Learning Foreign Lnaguages. Washington D.C.: Georgetown University Press. * Donated by Richard Smith.

Buckby, M. and A. Wright. 1978. Chips 1. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Buckby, M. and A. Wright. 1978. Chips 2. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Buckby, M. and A. Wright. 1977. Chips Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

20

Allen, J. P. B. and P. e. van Buren. 1971. Chomsky: Selected Readings. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Haycraft, J. and T. Creed. 1973. Choosing Your English. London: British Broadcasting Corporation. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Sweaney, A. 1938. The Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Whitney, N. 1978. Cities. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Scott, J. S. 1969. Civil Engineering. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1959. The Clipper of the Clouds by Jules Verne. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Reade, C. 1961. The Cloister and the Hearth. London: Longmans. * 2nd edition

Notes: Donated by Adam West.

Mortimer, C. 1977. Clusters: A Pronunciation Practice Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Rogers, J, J. C. Tan and S. P. Hutton. 1967. College English: Teacher's Notes Volume 1. Addis Ababa: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Rogers, J, J. C. Tan and S. P. Hutton. 1967. College English: Volume 1. Addis Ababa: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. and R. J. Mason. 1964. College First Year Corrective English. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 154

Goles, M. G. and B. D. Lord. 1970. Colloquial English. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Palmer, H. E. 1938. Colloquial English. Part 1. 100 Substitution Tables. Cambridge: Heffer. * Dakin Collection. 3rd edition. Notes: 1st (1916) edition in British Library; 1923 edition in Selected Writings, vol. 5

Jones, D. and E. M. Stephan. 1927. Colloquial French for the English: A Practical Course for Learning to Speak French with the aid of HMV. London: The Gramophone Company. * (In Collins, B. and I.M. Mees (Eds). 2003. Daniel Jones: Selected Works. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

21

West, M. 1958. Come to Tea. London: Longmans. * Donated by Adam West.

Palmer, H. E. 1933. A Commemorative Volume issued by IRET on the Occasion of the Tenth Annual Conference of English Teachers Held Under its Auspices. Tokyo: IRET. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Naganuma, N. E. 1933. A Commemorative Volume Issued by the Institute for Research in English Teaching on the Occasion of The Tenth Annual Conference of English Teachers Held under its Auspices. Tokyo: The Institute for Research in English Teaching. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Spooner, M. D. and J. S. McKellen. 1975. Commercial Correspondence in English. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, A. 1958. Common English Sayings: A Collection of Metaphors in Everyday Use. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1949. Common Errors in English (hardback). London: Oxford University Press. * Paperback and Hardback copies held in WELTA. Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue. 'Discussion of common errors in English made by students with many different mother tongues indicates that interference by mother tongue habits is not the root cause of difficulties. Prevention of error depends on concentration on the patterns of English and use of structural words. Includes chapters on: Causes or error; preventive measures; essential patterns; drilling out. Valuable for teachers'. ((BC Biblio 1963)), Reviewed in ELT 4/4 p. 113, ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 1, Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-47.

French, F. G. 1949. Common Errors in English (paperback). London: Oxford University Press. * Paperback and Hardback copies held in WELTA. Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue. 'Discussion of common errors in English made by students with many different mother tongues indicates that interference by mother tongue habits is not the root cause of difficulties. Prevention of error depends on concentration on the patterns of English and use of structural words. Includes chapters on: Causes or error; preventive measures; essential patterns; drilling out. Valuable for teachers'. ((BC Biblio 1963)), Reviewed in ELT 4/4 p. 113, ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 1, Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-47.

Brown, P. P. S. J. 1953. Common Errors in Gold Coast English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 1948 edition noted in OE 19/3, p. 713. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-40 (1953 edition). 'Careful listing and analysis of many errors commonly made in Ghana attributable to translation from or interference by Twi, Fante, Ga and Ewe. Although arranged as a student's book, may be of use principally to teachers'. ((BC Biblio 1963) )

22

Kerr, J. Y. K. 1969. Common Errors in Written English: An Analysis Based on Essays by Greek Students. Harlow: Longmans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 25/1, p. 110.

Quirk, R. and A. H. Marckwardt. 1964. A Common Language: British and American English. London: BBC. * Donated by Peter Collier. Author Role: University College, London and Princeton University

Fitikides, T. J. 1963. Common Mistakes in English: With Exercises. London: Longmans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 191.

Morrow, K. and K. Johnson. 1980. Communicate 2. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Morrow, K. and K. Johnson. 1980. Communicate 2: English for Social Interaction. Teacher's Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Morrow, K. and K. Johnson. 1979. Communicate I: English for Social Interaction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Morrow, K. and K. Johnson. 1979. Communicate I: English for Social Interaction. Teacher's Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

English Language Teaching, I. 1977. Communication Games. London: The British Council, English Language Teaching Institute. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Byrne, D. and S. Rixon. 1979. Communication Games: A Teaching Aid devised by the English Language Teaching Institute. London: NFER with The British Council. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 35/1, p. 70.

Chaplen, F. 1975. Communication Practice in Spoken English : Teacher's Edition London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Chaplen, F. 1975. Communication Practice in Spoken English. Teacher's Edition, Student's Book. Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 30/4, p. 345.

Author unknown. 1976. Communication Skills in English for Printing Technology Teachers. Madras: Technical Teachers' Training Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Etherton, A. R. B. 1976. Communication Skills in English Form IV. London:

23

Longman. * Two versions held. One, a 1987 reprint, is clearly an updated and much longer edition. Notes:.

Etherton, A. R. B. 1976. Communication Skills in English Form IV. Kuala Lumpur Longman Malaysia. * Two versions held. One, a 1987 reprint, is clearly an updated and much longer edition.

Brumfit, C. J. and K. e. Johnson. 1979. The Communicative Approach to Language Teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Munby, J. 1978. Communicative Syllabus Design: A sociolinguistic model for defining the conent of purpose-specific language programmes. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Lugton, J. 1978. Compact English for Short-Term Students Book 1. Lincoln: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Lugton, J. 1978. Compact English for Short-Term Students Book 2. Lincoln: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Cazabon, M. J. 1973. A Comparative Analysis of English and Spanish. Havana: Editorial Pueblo y Educacion. * Dakin Collection.

Payne, J. 1830. A Compendious Exposition of the Principles and Practice of Professor Jacotot's Celebrated System of Education, Originally Established at the University of Louvain, in the Kingdom of the Netherlands, London: Stephens; reprinted in Joseph Frank Payne (ed.) (1880) Lectures on the Science and Art of Education, with Other Lectures and Essays by the Late Joseph Payne. London: Longmans. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 1).

Dixson, R. J. 1955. Complete Course in English Book 1. New York: Latin American Institute Press. * Dakin Collection.

Bruton, J. G. 1972. Complete English Practice Book. Lincoln: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Hornby, A. S. 1934. Composition Exercises in Elementary English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: two editions held. 1942 edition has interesting amendments made to names and titles. 1953 print in better condition. Reviewed in ELT 2/7, p. 196. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-17. British Library, National Library of Scotland. (COPAC)

24

Hornby, A. S. 1934. Composition Exercises in Elementary English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Both versions held Dakin Collection. Notes: two editions held. 1942 edition has interesting amendments made to names and titles. 1953 print in better condition. Reviewed in ELT 2/7, p. 196. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-17. British Library, National Library of Scotland. (COPAC)

Horn, V. 1977. Composition Steps. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Hill, L. A. 1950. Comprehension and Precis Pieces for Overseas Students. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 21/4, p. 1132. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-34

Holden, C. L. 1964. A Comprehensive Course in English Composition. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 247

Humby, E. and P. B. Robinson. 1971. Computers. Sussex: Macmillan.

Robinson, P. 1978. Computers Cope Better. Nelson: Sunbury-on-Thames.

Palmer, H. E. 1928. Concerning Pronunciation. Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes: In Selected Writings, vol. 7. Other volumes envisaged for the same series of teacher’s Handbooks at this stage were: Concerning Phonetics, The Japanese Phonemic System, The Teaching of Speech, A Plea for Fluency, A Glossary of Phonetic Terminology, Linguistic Odds and Ends (Collection I.), Advice to Students of English Conversation, Concerning Grammar, The Principles of Course-Designing, The Foreign Teacher’s Handbook, and Concerning Translation (1925e: x). In fact, however, only one more volume was to be published: Classroom Procedures and Devices (1927u).

Eckersley, C. E. 1934. A Concise English Grammar for Foreign Students. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition also in archive.

Eckersley, C. E. 1958. A Concise English Grammar for Foreign Students. Revised edition. London: Longman. * Donated by Julia Khan. Notes: 2nd edition. Key, with notes and explanations in British Library, National Library of Scotland (COPAC). Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-52. 1933 edition in Oxford and National Library of Scotland (COPAC)

Abbott, G. 1969. Conditionals. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Hacker, G, J. Learmonth and R. Robinson. 1969. Conflict 2 Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Location; Warwick ELT Archive.

25

Hacker, G, J. Learmonth and R. Robinson. 1976. Conflict 3. Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Location; Warwick ELT Archive.

Jenkins, R. 1972. Connexions: Shelter. Hammondsworth: Penguin.

Jenkins, R. 1969. Connexions: The Lawbreakers. Hammondsworth: Penguin. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1927. The Construction of Reading Material for Teaching a Foreign Language. Unknown: Unknown. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

Cobb, D. 1969. Constructive Comprehension. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Gobb, D. 1969. Constructive Comprehension. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Murison-Bowie, S. C. 1970. Contact 1. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Granger, C. and T. Hicks. 1977. Contact English 1: Students' Book. London: Heinemann.

Granger, C. and T. Hicks. 1977. Contact English 1: Teacher's Book. London: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Rossner, R, P. Shaw, J. Shepherd and J. Taylor. 1979. Contemporary American English: Teacher's Guidebook for Student's: Book 2. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Rossner, R, P. Shaw, J. Shepherd and J. Taylor. 1979. Contemporary English: Pupil's Book 1. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.



Leith, J. 1973. Contemporary Scotland: 7. Food and Power. London: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Jakobovits, L. A. and B. Gordon. 1974. The Context of Foreign Language Teaching.

26

Massachusetts: Newbury. * Donated by Meriel Bloor.

Hill, L. A. 1970. Contextualized Vocabulary Tests 1. London: Oxford University Press * Dakin Collection.



Spencer, D. H. 1967. Contracted Forms. London: Longman. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Green, G. 1974. Contrast. Oxford University Press. * Reviewed in ELT 31/1. p. 81

Fisiak, J. 1981. Contrastive Linguistics and the Language Teacher. Oxford: Pergamon.

Fraser, H. 1967. Control and Create: Introductory Book. London: Longman.

Fraser, H. and W. R. O'Donnel. 1968. Control and Create: Pupil's Book/ Book 1. London: Longman.

Jerrom, M. F. and L. L. Szkutnik. 1965. Conversation Exercises in Everyday English: Book One. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 20/2, p. 181. Book One noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 174

Jerrom, M. F. and L. L. Szkutnik. 1965. Conversation Exercises in Everyday English: Book One, Tapes 1,2. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 20/2, p. 181. Book One noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 174.

Jerrom, M. F. and L. L. Szkutnik. 1965. Conversation Exercises in Everyday English: Book Two. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Ball, W. J. 1953. Conversational English. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, p. 107. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-69. Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Palmer, H. E. 1936. Conversational English. Tokyo: Kaitakyusha. * Dakin Collection.

Sawyer, J. O. and S. Silver. 1958. Conversations for Foreign Students of English. Berkeley, California: University of California. * Dakin Collection.

27

Passy, P. 1933. Conversations Francaises. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Pandita, R. C. 1941. Correct English or Essentials of Applied English Grammar for College Students. Lahore: Malhotra Brothers. * Dakin Collection.

Kammer, M. P, W. A. Diebold and C. W. Mulligan. 1952. Correct Writing Book 1. Chicago, Illinois: Loyola University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, J. W. and B. Mendelssohn. 1947. Correct your English. London: Longmans. * Revised * Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-59 Dakin Collection.

Bruce, K. C. 1959. Corrective English Speech for South East Asia. Teacher’s Book. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-72

1979. Council of Europe: Colloquy on "the teaching of the language of the host country to adult migrants". Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Co-operation of the Council of Europe. * Dakin Collection.

Ogden, C. K. 1934. Counter Offensive: An Exposure of Certain Misrepresentations of Basic English. London: The Orthological Institute. * (Reset and reprinted in Gordon, W. Terrence (ed.), C.K. Ogden and Linguistics, London: Routledge / Thoemmes Press, Volume 4)

Ewer, J. R. and G. Latorre. 1969. A Course in Basic Scientific English: Students Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Ewer, J. R. and G. Latorre. 1969. A Course in Basic Scientific English: Teacher's Notes. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Halliday, M. A. K. 1965. A Course in Spoken English. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Mackin, R. 1971. A Course in Spoken English. Berlin: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Sinclair, J. M. 1972. A Course in Spoken English: Grammar. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection Warwick ELT Archive

Mackin, R. 1967. A Course in Spoken English: Part 1. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Halliday, M. A. K. 1965. A Course in Spoken English: Part 2 Intonation Exercises London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Warwick ELT Archive

28

Sinclair, J. M. 1965. A Course in Spoken English: Part 3 Grammar. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Warwick ELT Archive

Mackin, R. 1971. A Course in Spoken English: Workbook. Berlin: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R. 1967. A Course in Spoken English:Part1 Texts Drills and tests London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Warwick ELT Archive

O'Connor, J. D. 1954. A Course of English pronunciation. Amsterdam: BBC. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R. 1965. A Course of English Study. Second Reader. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier, Reviewed in ELT 22/3, p. 285.

Mackin, R. 1966. A Course of English Study. Third Reader. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier, Reviewed in ELT 22/3, p. 285.

Mackin, R. 1964. A Course of English Study: First Reader. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier, Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143, Reviewed in ELT 22/3, p. 285.

Faucett, L. and W. A. Craigie. 1925. The Craigie Pronunciation and Spelling Manual. Shanghai: Commercial Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Chinese Edition of English Reading Made Easy [Craigie 1922]). In 3 parts.

Stanislawczyk, I. E. and S. Yavener. 1976. Creativity in the Language Classroom Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury

O'Neill, T. and P. Snow. 1978. Crescent English Course Pupil's Book 3 (B Edition). Beirut: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Fairfax-Crone, R. 1977. Crescent English Course Pupil's Book 3A. Beirut: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

O'Neill, T. and P. Snow. 1978. Crescent English Course Pupil's Workbook 2. Beirut: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Miles, A. and H. Relton. 1978. Crescent English Course Tapescript 4. Beirut: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

O'Neill, T. and P. Snow. 1977. Crescent English Course Teacher's Book 1. Beirut: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

29

O'Neill, T. and P. Snow. 1979. Crescent English Course Teacher's Book 5A. Beirut: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

O'Neill, T. and P. Snow. 1980. Crescent English Course Teacher's Book 5B. Beirut: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

O'Neill, T. and P. Snow. 1979. Crescent English Course Teacher's Book 6A. Beirut: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

1978. The Crisis Series. Assignment:Assembly. Teacher's Handbook. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

1978. The Crisis Series. Assignment:Assembly. Teacher's Handbook. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

1974. The Crisis Series. Background Briefing. Teacher's Handbook. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

1974. The Crisis Series. Background Briefing. The File. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. P, E. Swenson and Others. 1934. A Critical Examination of Basic English. Toronto: The University of Toronto Press. * Bulletin No. 2 of The Department of Educational Research, Ontario College of Education, University of Toronto. Reviewed in OE 5/4, p. 192 (Reprinted in Gordon, W. Terrence (ed.), C.K. Ogden and Linguistics, London: Routledge / Thoemmes Press, Volume 4)

Frazer, S. 1954. The Crocodile Dies Twice or the Boy Who Disappeared. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Webster, M. and L. Castanon. 1980. Crosstalk Book 1. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Webster, M. and L. Castanon. 1980. Crosstalk Book 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Harkess, S. and J. Eastwood. 1976. Cue for a Drill. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in ELT 32/2. p. 169.

Palmer, H. E. 1965. Curso Internacional de Ingles. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Klinghardt, H. 1887. Das hohere Schulwesen Schwedens und dessen Reform in

30

modernem Sinne. Leipzig: Verlag von Julius Klinkhardt.

Author unknown. 1963. Day-by-Day English Course Eastern Edition Pupils' Book 1 Obi and Ada. Nigeria: Longman.

Author unknown. 1963. Day-By-Day English Course for Western Nigeria Teacher's Book 1; Pupil's Book 1,2; Teacher's Guide Year 2. Longmans of Nigeria. * Pupil's Book 4 in , Noted in ELT 18/4, p. 196; Book 2 noted in ELT 19/3, p.143

Author unknown. 1968. Day-by-Day English Course Grade 2 Book 1: Benny's Family. Rhodesia: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1974. Day-by-Day English Course Pupils' Book 1. Fun with Olu and Ayo (New Edition). Ikeja, Nigeria: Longman Nigeria. * Donated by Meriel Bloor.

Author unknown. 1974. Day-by-Day English Course Pupils' Book 4. A Holiday in Town. Ikeja, Nigeria: Longman Nigeria. * Donated by Meriel Bloor.

Author unknown. 1968. Day-by-Day English Grade 2 Book 2: In the Village and in the Town. Rhodesia: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1968. Day-by-Day English Grade 2: Fun with Benny and Betty. Rhodesia: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1968. Day-by-Day English Grade 2: Fun with Benny and Betty, Teacher's Lesson. Rhodesia: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1977. Day-by-Day English Grade 2: Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow. Rhodesia: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1969. Day-by-Day English Grade 3: Teacher's Lesson Programme- Here and There with Benny and Betty. Rhodesia: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1969. Day-by-Day English Grade 4: Teacher's Lesson Programme- New Stories from Town and Country. Rhodesia: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Bréal, M. 1893. De l’enseignement des langues vivantes. Conférences faites aux étudiants en lettres de la Sorbonne. Paris: Hachette. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 3)

Passy, P. 1899. De la méthode directe dans l'enseignement des langues vivantes.

31

Paris: Colin, published as a special supplement to Le maître phonétique. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 3)

Ogden, C. 1931. Debabelization: With a Survey of Contemporary Opinion on the Problem of a Universal Language. London: Kegan Paul.

Forrester, J. F. 1953. Deepak Readers 4. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Husges, H. 1946. Der Englische Unterricht: Methodische Anleitung fur Lehrende und Lernende. Duisburg: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Walter, M. 1888. Der französische Klassenunterricht auf der Unterstufe. Entwurf eines Lehrplans. Marburg: Elwert. * 2nd edition

Notes: (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 3).

Viëtor, W. 1882. Der Sprachunterricht müss umkehren! Ein Beitrag zur Überbürdungsfrage. Heilbronn: Henninger. * 2nd edition

Notes: Originally published under pseudonym ‘Quousque Tandem’ (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 2).

Kostitch, G. G. I. 1935. A Description of English Grammar for Foreign Students. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Wright, A. 1970. Designing for Visual Aids. London: Studio Vista. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Yonemura, M. 1969. Developing Language Programs for Young Disadvantaged Children. New York: Teachers College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hirasawa, L. and L. Markstein. 1974. Developing Reading Skills: Advanced. Rowley,MA: Newbury House Publishers. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 30/4, p. 349.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. Developing Skills: An Integrated Course for Intermediate Students. London: Longman.

Alexander, L. G. 1969. Developing Skills: Recorded Drills- Tapescript. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

32

Alexander, L. G. 1971. Developing Skills: Supplementary Written Exercises. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

British, C. 1979. Developments in the Training of Teachers of English. London: The British Council. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Koh, J. and L. S. Chin. 1981. Dewan's New Communicative English Book 4. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Pustaka. * Donated by Thelma Henderson.

Koh, J. and L. S. Chin. 1981. Dewan's New Communicative English Book 5. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Pustaka. * Donated by Thelma Henderson.

Koh, J. and L. S. Chin. 1978. Dewan's New Comprehensive Secondary English Book 2. Kuala Lampur: Dewan Pustaka.

Devi, S. 1980. Dewan's New Primary English Workbook 5. Kuala Lampur: Dewan Pustaka.

Rice, P. J. and et al. 1959. Dictation Exercises. Chicago: Loyola University Press. * Dakin Collection.

McArthur, T. and B. Atkins. 1974. Dictionary of English Phrasal Verbs and their idioms. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E, J. Victor Martin and G. Blandford. 1929. A Dictionary of English Pronunciation with American Variants (in Phonetic transcription). Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by Richard Smith. Notes: Second Edition. Notes: Published in October according to a Preface to the 3rd edition of 1922b. Location: British Library, IRLT Library

Piepho, H.-E. 1968. Die Ersten Wochen Englischunterricht. Hannover: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Breymann, H. 1895. Die neusprachliche Reform-Literatur von 1876-1893: Eine bibliographisch-kritische Übersicht. Leipzig: Deichert. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

Breymann, H. 1900. Die neusprachliche Reform-Literatur von 1894-1899: Eine bibliographisch-kritische Übersicht. Leipzig: Deichert. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

33

Franke, F. 1884. Die praktische Spracherlernung auf Grund der Psychologie und der Physiologie der Sprache dargestellt. Leipzig: Reisland. * 3rd edition. Notes: With 1890 foreword by Otto Jespersen, Leipzig: Reisland (originally published by Heilbronn: Henninger). (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 2).

Routh, H. V. 1941. The Diffusion of English Culture outside England: A Problem of Post-War Reconstruction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Dixson, R. J. 1949. Direct English Conversation for Foreign Students Book 1. New York: Latin American Institute Press. * Dakin Collection.

Dixson, R. J. 1949. Direct English Conversation for Foreign Students Book 2. New York: Latin American Institute Press. * Dakin Collection.

Gatenby, E. V. 1952. A Direct Method English Course Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.





Gatenby, E. V. 1958. A Direct Method English Course Revised Edition. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Gatenby, E. V. 1952. A Direct Method English Course Teacher's Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.



Gatenby, E. V. 1953. A Direct Method English Course Teacher's Book 4. London:

34

Longmans. * Dakin Collection.


Gatenby, E. V. 1960. A Direct Method English Course: New Rapid Version Books 1, 2, Teacher's Book 1, 2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 15/3 p. 133. Reviewed in ELT 4/1, p. 27 . Book 1 edited by W. Stannard Allen, Book 2 edited by W. Stannard Allen and Semahat DikmenTeacher's Book 2 in Dakin Collection.

Robb, G. and M. M. Sakr. 1948. Direct Readers First Reader. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Robb, G. and M. M. Sakr. 1949. Direct Readers Fourth Reader. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Robb, G. and M. M. Sakr. 1948. Direct Readers Primer I. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Robb, G. and M. M. Sakr. 1948. Direct Readers Primer II. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Robb, G. and M. M. Sakr. 1948. Direct Readers Second Reader. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Robb, G. and M. M. Sakr. 1950. Direct Readers Third Reader. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Wren, P. C. 1912. The 'Direct’ Teaching of English in Indian Schools. Bombay: Longmans, Green. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 1)

Brazil, D. 1975. Discourse Intonation. Birmingham: English Language Research, Birmingham University.

Brazil, D. 1978. Discourse Intonation II. Birmingham: English Language Research, University of Birmingham.

Dodd, E. F. 1955. Discoverers of New Lands. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

British, C. 1979. Discovering Discourse: Teacher's Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * (Ed.)

35

Notes: Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Currie, W. B. 1967. Discovering Language Book V. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Curran, P. and G. Draper. 1967. Do You Speak English? London: Harrap. * Dakin Collection.

Laubach, F. C. and P. J. Hord. 1963. A Door Opens. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Maley, A. and A. Duff. 1978. Drama Techniques in Language Learning. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper, Reviewed in ELT 35/1, p. 73.

Mortimer, C. 1980. Dramatic Monologues for Listening Comprehension: Resource Material for Listening and Fluency Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Klinghardt, H. 1892. Drei weitere Jahre Erfahrungen mit der imitativen Methode Ein Bericht Praxis des Nensprachlichten Unterrichts. Marburg: Elwert'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung.

Hill, L. A. 1967. Drills and Tests in English Sounds: Ear and Speech Training Drills and Tests for Overseas Students of English. London: Longman. * 2nd edition

Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-70 1st Edition. Donated by Janelle Cooper Dakin Collection.

Lee, W. R. 1967. E.L.T. Selections I. London: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: (Ed.)

Notes: Reviewed in ELT 22/1. p. 89Donated by Liza Sandell.

Deale, N. M. 1956. The Early Life of John Halifax by Mrs Craik. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Thornley, G. C. 1962. Easier English Practice: A Collection of Prose, Drama and Verse with Exercises. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-44

West, M. 1963. Easy English Dialogues for Learning English as Behaviour Book One. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Noted in ELT 18/2, p. 94, Reviewed in ELT 19/2, p. 94, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 176 Book 2 in Dakin Collection.

36

West, M. unknown. Easy English Dialogues for Learning English as Behaviour Book Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Noted in ELT 18/2, p. 94, Reviewed in ELT 19/2, p. 94, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 176 Book 2 in Dakin Collection.

Dixson, R. J. 1948. Easy Reading Selections in English for the Foreign Born. New York: Regents Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A. P. R. 1968. The Edinburgh Audio-Visual Course: Aims and Principles. Edinburgh: Department of Applied Linguistics, University of Edinburgh. * Dakin Collection.

Allen, J. P. B. and S. P. Corder. 1973. The Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics. Volume 1. Readings for Applied Linguistics. London: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: (Eds.).

Notes: . Series reviewed in ELT 34/4, p. 316. Dakin Collection.

Allen, J. P. B. and S. P. Corder. 1975. The Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics. Volume 2. Papers in Applied Linguistics. London: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: (Eds.)

Notes: . Series reviewed in ELT 34/4, p. 316. Dakin Collection.

Allen, J. P. B. and S. P. Corder. 1974. The Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics. Volume 3. Techniques in Applied Linguistics. London: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: (Eds.). Series reviewed in ELT 34/4, p. 316. Dakin collection.

Allen, J. P. B. and A. Davies. 1977. The Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics. Volume 4. Testing and Experimental Methods. London: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: (Eds.). Series reviewed in ELT 34/4, p. 316. Dakin Collection.

Community Relations, C. 1972. Education for a Multi-Cultural Society: A Bibliography for Teachers. Community Relations Commission. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Engholm, E. 1965. Education through English: The Use of English in African Schools. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 21/3, p. 274

Montgomery, M. 1972. Effective English Book 3. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Motngomery, M. and F. E. Yembe. 1971. Effective English Student's Book 1. London:

37

Evans.

Motngomery, M. and F. E. Yembe. 1973. Effective English Student's Book 4 Standard Edition. London: Evans.

Montgomery, M. 1970. Effective English Students' Book 1. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Montgomery, M. 1976. Effective English Students' Book 1. London: Nelson.

Montgomery, M. 1971. Effective English Students' Book 2. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Montgomery, M. 1971. Effective English Teacher's Book 2. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Montgomery, M. 1970. Effective English: Teacher's Book 1. London: Nelsdon. * Dakin Collection.

Lennox-Short, A. 1970. Effective Expression: A Course in Communication. London: Evans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Dobson, J. M. 1974. Effective Techniques for English Conversation Groups. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Pitman, I. J. 1959. The Ehrhardt Augumented 40 Sound-42 Character Lower Case Roman Alphabet. London: Pitman Press. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Klinghardt, H. 1888. Ein Jahr Erfahrungen mit der neuen Methode. Marburg: Elwert. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 3)

Hoffman, H. G. 1977. Einfuhrung in das Technische Englische. Munich: Hueber.

Agard, F. B. 1953. El Ingles Hablado: Para los que Hablan Espanol. New York: Holt. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R. and A. Weinberger. 1949. El Ingles para Medicos Y Estudiantes de Medicina. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Hatfield, H. S. 1953. Electricity and Magnetism. London: Basic English Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

Wells, G. W. 1970. Electronics and Communications London: Longman. * Dakin

38

Collection.

Sweet, H. 1885. Elementarbuch des gesprochenen Englisch (Grammatik, Texte und Glossar. Oxford/ Leipzig: Clarendon Press/ Tauchnitz. * 3rd edition

Notes: (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 2).

Hill, L. A. 1964. Elementary Composition Pieces. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 18/3, p. 143. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 197

Hill, L. A. 1964. Elementary Composition Pieces. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 1979 reprint with different cover. After 1967 corrections added. Noted in ELT 18/3, p. 143. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 197

Hill, L. A. 1963. Elementary Comprehension Pieces. London: Oxford University Press. * Noted in ELT 18/3, p. 143. Noted in BC Biblio 1865, No. 203

Hill, L. A. 1963. Elementary Comprehension Pieces. London: Oxford University Press. * reset and illustrated 1972 , Noted in ELT 18/3, p. 143. Noted in BC Biblio 1865, No. 203

Moechtar, Z. 1951. Elementary English: Djilid II. Djakarta: Fasco. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Djilid (stage?) II and III held in WELTA.

Moechtar, Z. 1951. Elementary English: Djilid III. Djakarta: Fasco. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Djilid (stage?) II and III held in WELTA.

Hill, L. A. 1967. Elementary Language Exercises Parts 2, 3. London: Stillit. * Dakin Collection.

Nesfield, J. C. 1927. Elementary Lessons in English Composition Oral and Written. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Wyld, H. C. 1915. Elementary Lessons in English Grammar. Oxford: Clarendon Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Olshtain, E. and et al. 1969. Elementary Level: A Series of Texts for the Teaching of English as a Foreign Language in Israel. Tel Aviv: Mifal Hischichpul. * Dakin Collection.

Dixson, R. J. 1950. Elementary Reader in English for the Foreign Born. New York: Regents Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

39

Hill, L. A. 1964. An Elementary Refresher Course. London: Oxford University Press.* Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Noted in ELT 18/4, p. 196, Reviewed in ELT 19/2, p. 95, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 186.

Flood, W. E. and M. West. 1962. An Elementary Scientific and Technical Dictionary. Longmans. * Donated by Adam West. Notes: . Reviewed in ELT 17/2, p. 101.

Hill, L. A. 1965. Elementary Stories for Reproduction. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 20/1, p. 94. Noted in BC Biblio 1865, No. 202.

Hill, L. A. 1965. Elementary Stories for Reproduction. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Reset, reprinted and illustrated

Hill, L. A. 1977. Elementary Stories for Reproduction: Second Series London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection:.

Hurtado, L. P. 1939. Elementos de Gramatica Inglesa. Chile: Imprenta Universitaria. * Dakin Collection.

Classe, A. 1950. Eléments de Prononciation Anglaise. London: Nelson. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Dated according to BL catalogue. Author Role: Lecturer in Phonetics, University of Glasgow

Abercrombie, D. 1967. Elements of General Phonetics. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Byrne, D. 1965. The Elements of Indirect Speech. London: Longman. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: matt and glossy cover versions held. , Reviewed in ELT 20/1, p. 93

The British, C. 1971. ELT Documents 1971-73. (Ed.) * Donated by The British Council. Notes: Bound version containing 71/1-71/6, 72/1-72/6 and 73/1-73/6 complete run. We also have duplicates in a ring binder from CELTE stock.

The British, C. 1974. ELT Documents 1974-1976. (Ed.)

Notes: Bound copy containing 74/1-74/4, 75/1-75/3, and 76/1-76/3. We also have duplicates in a ring binder mostly. Donated by Chris Brumfit. Donated by The British Council.

Ridout, R. E. 1979. ELT Pocket Dictionary. Lincoln: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

40

Parnwell, E. C. 1954. The Empty Drum and Other Stories by Leo Tolstoy. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Jupp, T. C, J. Milne, P. Prowse and J. Garton-Sprenger. 1979. Encounters: Students' Book Complete Edition. London: Heinemann Educational Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Jupp, T. C, J. Milne, P. Prowse and J. Garton-Sprenger. 1979. Encounters: Students' Book Part A. London: Heinemann Educational Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grun, J. Engels voor Iedereen: Allereerste Beginselen Spraakkunst en Conversatie. Koninklijke Nederlandse Brigade. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Autographed by the author.

Jespersen, O. S. C. 1935. Engelsk Begynderbog. Denmark: Glydendalske. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Brekke, K. 1949. Engelsk for Folkeskolen. Oslo: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Donner, H. W. 1951. Engelsk Grammatik. Helsingfors: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Petersen, J. K. Engelsk Grammatik. Nordisk: Gyldendalske Boghandel. * Dakin Collection.

Sommersten, K. 1950. Engelsk Grammatik. Oslo: Fabritius. * Dakin Collection.

Guy, W. Engelsk Handels-Korrespondanse. Oslo: Gyldendal Norsk Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Bruel, S. 1953. Engelsk Hjaelpebog: For Realklassen og Tilsvarende Trin. Kobenhavn: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Brekke, K. 1957. Engelsk Laerebok I. Oslo: Forlag. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Lund, C. and R. Dahl. 1957. Engelsk Skolegrammatikk. Oslo: Forlag. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Storm, E. and K. Wemmentorp. 1951. Engelsk Sproglere for Realskolen. Nordisk: Gyldendalkske Boghandel. * Dakin Collection.

Bergener, C. and H. G. Gardner. 1949. Engelska. Stockholm: Ehlins. * Donated by John Eckersley.

41

Brier, J. 1954. Engelske Stilovelser for Gymnasiet 1. Kobenhavn: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Brier, J. 1954. Engelske Stilovelser for Gymnasiet 2. Kobenhavn: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Berulfsen, B. 1940. Engelsk-Norsk. Oslo: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

English Language, S. 1966. Engineering: Book 2: Electrical Engineering. New York: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by Christiopher Brumfit.

Eckersley, C. E. 1945. England and the English: A Book for Foreign Students. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. 2 Copies, one with author corrections.1935 ed. titled England and the English. With notes and a key to the more difficult exercises, in British Library, Oxford, National Library of Scotland; Another new 1945 ed. in British Library, National Library of Scotland; and reprint of this edition, subtitled With notes, biographical sketches, and a key to the more difficult exercises 1958 in Liverpool. (COPAC).

Eckersley, C. E. 1945. England and the English: A Book for Foreign Students. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. TWO Copies, one with author corrections.1935 ed. titled England and the English. With notes and a key to the more difficult exercises, in British Library, Oxford, National Library of Scotland; Another new 1945 ed. in British Library, National Library of Scotland; and reprint of this edition, subtitled With notes, biographical sketches, and a key to the more difficult exercises 1958 in Liverpool. (COPAC).

Janisch, W. 1945. Englisch Fur Dich und Mich- Praktischer Lehrgang des Englischen I-II. Verlag: Buchhandlung F Pfanzelt, Villach. * Dakin Collection.

Friederich, W. 1951. Englische Aussprachelehre. Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Friederich, W. 1953. Englische Rechtschreiblehre. Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. and H. G. Hoffmann. 1968. Englischer Mindestwortschatz. Die 2000 wichtigsten Wörter. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: According to Stein 2002

English Language, S. 1964. English 900: A Basic Course: Book Five. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Washington DC)

English Language, S. 1964. English 900: A Basic Course: Book Four. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes:(Washington DC)

42

English Language, S. 1964. English 900: A Basic Course: Book One. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Washington DC).

English Language, S. 1964. English 900: A Basic Course: Book Six. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Washington DC).

English Language, S. 1964. English 900: A Basic Course: Book Three. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Washington DC).

English Language, S. 1964. English 900: A Basic Course: Book Two. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Washington DC).

English Language, S. 1965. English 900: A Basic Course: Teacher's Manual. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Washington DC).

English Language, S. 1964. English 900: A Basic Course: Workbook Four. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Washington DC).

English Language, S. 1964. English 900: A Basic Course: Workbook Three. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Washington DC)

Strevens, P. 1964. English 901 Book 1: A Basic Course. London: Collier-Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Strevens, P. 1964. English 901 Book 1: A Basic Course- Programmed Workbook 1. London: Collier-Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Strevens, P. and S. English Language. 1964. English 903, Book 2. London: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Strevens, P. and S. English Language. 1964. English 903, Workbook 1. London: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Strevens, P. and S. English Language. 1964. English 903, Workbook 2. London: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Cunningham, W. T. 1960. English Alive Book 1. London: Hamish Hamilton. * Donated by John Eckersley.


43


Eckersley, C. E. and W. Kaufmann. 1954. English and American Business Letters. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Reviewed in ELT 9/2. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-89. British Library, National Library of Scotland, Oxford (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S, E. C. Parnwell and Ezabi. 1980. English Arabic Reader's Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by A.P. Cowie.

Gatenby, E. V. 1944. English as a Foreign Language: Advice to Non-English Teachers (hardback). London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2 copies held, hardback and softback. 'Still of value though published in 1944. Deals with the teacher's relations with this colleagues and his pupils, 'natural' methods, conversation, phonetics, reading, dication, handwriting, composition and examination and tests'. (BC Biblio 1963); Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 3. Also advertised on back cover of OE 16/2. Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-53. British Library, National Library of Scotland, Birmingham, Edinburgh, Oxford. (COPAC)

Gatenby, E. V. 1944. English as a Foreign Language: Advice to Non-English Teachers (softback). London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2 copies held, hardback and softback. 'Still of value though published in 1944. Deals with the teacher's relations with this colleagues and his pupils, 'natural' methods, conversation, phonetics, reading, dication, handwriting, composition and examination and tests'. (BC Biblio 1963); Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 3. Also advertised on back cover of OE 16/2. Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-53. British Library, National Library of Scotland, Birmingham, Edinburgh, Oxford. (COPAC)

Close, R. A. 1962. English as a Foreign Language: Grammar and Syntax for Teachers and Advanced Students. London: Allen & Unwin. * Donated by Meriel Bloor. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 17/3, p. 146.

Darian, S. G. 1972. English as a Foreign Language: History, Development, and Methods of Teaching. Norma, Oklahoma: University of Oklahoma Press.

Finocchiaro, M. 1964. English as a Second Language: from Theory to Practice. Tokyo: Kinseido. * Donated by Masataka Kizuka.

British, C. 1978. English as an International Language. London: The British Council, English Teaching Information Centre. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: (Ed.)

44

Carolino, P. 1967. English as She is Wrotten. Liverpool: Scouse Press. * Dakin Collection.

Lee, W. R. 1966. English At Home. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Lee, W. R. 1966. English At Home: Class Edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Elliott, A. V. P. and J. A. Noonan. 1955. English by Radio, Listen and Speak: Book One. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 7/4, p. 144 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

British Broadcasting, C. 1952. English by Radio: The Hornby Series Parts 1 and 2. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 7/4, p. 143; Reviewed in OE 24/3, p. 39. Date of Publication from British Library Catalogue Book 1 in Dakin Collection.

Morris, I. 1949. English by Stages. London: Macmillan. * Language Books 1-4, Teacher's Book for Language Book 1, Reading Books 1-6, 10 Rapid Reading Books supplementary to Reading Books 1-4. Reading Book reviewed in ELT 12/3, p. 111. Books III, V-VI in Dakin Collection. ; Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-16 . British Library, National Library of Scotland (COPAC).

Morris, I. 1954. English by Stages Language Book I, II, III, IV Reading Book I, II, IV, Teacher's Book for Language Book I. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 7/4, p. 142. Also advertised in OE 221/3, back cover, which mentions also a Book II, states that this new series is being issued concurrently with the original English Course for Students Learning English, being a revised and improved edition of the earlier work. Also available is a Teachers' Book for Language, Book I under the title 'An English Course, Book I, Alternative Edition'.

Wood, F. T. 1969. English Colloquial Idioms. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Technical Teachers' Training, I. 1977. English Communication. Madras: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Rohr, H. 1968. The English Companion 1-5. Frankfurt: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Bright, J. A. 1954. English Composition Course for Overseas Students. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition. Suitable for pre-school certificate standard, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-2

45

Judd, J. O. 1958. English Conversation for Foreign Students. London: Harrap/Tutor-Tape. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 13/3, p. 124

Methold, K. 1975. English Conversation Practice. London: Longman. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Spencer, D. H. 1967. English Conversation Practice. London: Oxford University Press. * Notes: Reviewed in ELT 24/1, p. 88

MacCarthy, P. A. D. 1956. English Conversation Reader in Phonetic Transcription with Intonation Marks. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 11/3, p. 107. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-78,

Scott, N. C. 1942. English Conversations in Simplified Phonetic Transcription. Cambridge: Heffer. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in ELT 1/1, p. 26

Ripman, W. 1935. An English Course for Adult Foreigners. London: Dent. * Dakin Collection.

Yates, C. W. and R. C. De Armando. 1947. An English Course for Children. Book One. Buenos Aires: Casa Juan F Ferlini. * Dakin Collection.

Grieve, D. W. 1953. English Course for Secondary Schools Book One. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two copies (1957 and 1962) reprints held in the archive.

Grieve, D. W. 1953. English Course for Secondary Schools Book One. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two copies (1957 and 1962) reprints held in the archive.

Grieve, D. W. 1958. English Course for Seconday Schools: Book Five. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Date of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Book 1-5. Workbooks 1-4 Book 1, 2 in ; Book 5 reviewed in OE 31/2, p. 89. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-40. Location:

Grieve, D. W. 1956. English Course for Seconday Schools: Book Four. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Date of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Book 1-5. Workbooks 1-4 Book 1, 2 in ; Book 5 reviewed in OE 31/2, p. 89. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-40. Location:

Grieve, D. W. 1955. English Course for Seconday Schools: Book Three. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two copies (1956 and 1962 reprints) held in the archive. Date of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Book 1-5. Workbooks 1-4

46

Book 1, 2 in ; Book 5 reviewed in OE 31/2, p. 89. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-40. Location:

Grieve, D. W. 1955. English Course for Seconday Schools: Book Three. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two copies (1956 and 1962 reprints) held in the archive. Date of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Book 1-5. Workbooks 1-4 Book 1, 2 in ; Book 5 reviewed in OE 31/2, p. 89. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-40. Location:

Grieve, D. W. 1954. English Course for Seconday Schools: Book Two. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Date of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Book 1-5. Workbooks 1-4 Book 1, 2 in ; Book 5 reviewed in OE 31/2, p. 89. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-40. Location:

Grieve, D. W. 1953. English Course for Seconday Schools: Workbook. Edinburgh: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Date of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Book 1-5. Workbooks 1-4 Book 1, 2 in Dakin Collection. ; Book 5 reviewed in OE 31/2, p. 89. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-40.

Morris, I. 1946. An English Course for Students Learning English as a Second Language Books II. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Morris, I. 1949. An English Course for Students Learning English as a Second Language Books III. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Morris, I. 1949. An English Course for Students Learning English as a Second Language Books IV. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Morris, I. 1955. An English Course for Students Learning English as a Second Language. Book 1. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1974. An English Course for Turks. Workbook 1a. Istanbul: Devlet Kitaplari. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Author unknown. 1974. An English Course for Turks. Workbook 1b. Istanbul: Devlet Kitaplari. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Author unknown. 1974. An English Course for Turks. Workbook 2. Istanbul: Devlet Kitaplari. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Fortes, D. M. e. a. English Direct Method First Book. Rio de Janeiro: J.R. de Oliveira. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Alem, N. A. 1947. English Easily Spoken. Sao Paolo: Melhoramentos. * Donated by

47

John Eckersley.

Wakeman, A. 1971. English Fast: An Integrated Range of Materials for the Teaching of English as a Foreign Language. Teacher's Manual 3. London: Hart-Davis Educational. * Advertised on the back cover of ELT 26/3

Wakeman, A. 1972. English Fast: An Integrated Range of Materials for the Teaching of English as a Foreign Language. Teacher's Manual 4. London: Hart-Davis Educational.

Wakeman, A. 1976. English Fast: Student's Book 1. St. Albans: Hart-Davis. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading Notes:1967. 4th

Wakeman, A. 1970. English Fast: Student's Book 2. St. Albans: Hart-Davis. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Notes: 2nd edition

Wakeman, A. 1971. English Fast: Student's Book 3. St. Albans: Hart-Davis. * 2nd edition

Wakeman, A. 1972. English Fast: Student's Book 4. St. Albans: Hart-Davis Educational. * 2nd edition

Heaton, J. B. and A. P. Cowie. 1977. English for Academic Purposes. British Association for Applied Linguistics. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

The British, C. 1975. English for Academic Study with special reference to Science and Technology: Problems and Perspectives. English Teaching Information Centre/The British Council. * Donated by Liza Sandell. Notes: An ETIC Occasional Paper

Duff, C. 1956. English for Adults: A Comprehensive Course on Modern Lines Designed for Learners Whose Mother-Tongue is Not English; Graduated From the First Steps to Standard English. London: English Universities Press. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Blackie, D. 1978. English for Basic Maths. Walton-on-Thames: Nelson. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Lindum, O. 1958. English for Beginners. Kobenhaven: J.H.Schultz Forlag. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Sohr, R. and H. Soraas. 1943. English for Beginners. Oslo: fabritius & Sonners Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

48

Bentwich, J. S. 1937. English for Beginners Part 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Bentwich, J. S. 1938. English for Beginners Part 2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Unknown. 1973. English for Business. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Unknown. 1973. English for Business: Tape Companion. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Allsop, J. 1979. English for Cambridge First Certificate: A New Course. London: Cassell. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Allsop, J. 1979. English for Cambridge First Certificate: Teacher's Book. London: Cassell. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Goldberger, H. H. 1918. English for Coming Citizens. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons.

Parkinson, J. 1978. English for Doctors and Nurses. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

McAllister, J. and G. Madama. 1976. English for Electrical Engineers. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Brasnett, C. 1968. English for Engineers. London: Methuen. * Donated by Rafael Salguero.

Herrington, J. O. A. 1967. English for First Examinations Part 1. Ibadan: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Herrington, J. O. A. 1967. English for First Examinations Part 2. Ibadan: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Croft, K. 1957. English for Foreign Students Units 1-2: The K.C. Drills. Washington D.C.: Washington Publications. * Dakin Collection.

Croft, K. 1957. English for Foreign Students Units 3-4: The K.C. Drills. Washington D.C.: Washington Publications. * Dakin Collection.

Caro, J. 1941. English for Foreigners. London: Hirschfeld. * Dakin Collection.

49

Freeman, W. 1939. English for Foreigners. London: Dent. * Dakin Collection.

Douglas, R. W. 1920. English for Foreigners: An Elementary Manual Equally Adapted for Evening Classes, Schools, Private Students, and Correspondence Courses with a Novel Vowel-Sound Method for Learning Pronunciation, etc. London: Librairie Hachette. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Householder, F. W. 1954. English for Greeks. Washington: American Council of Learned Societies. * Dakin Collection.

Ferguson, N. and M. O'Reilly. 1978. English for International Banking. London: Hyman.

Paper, H. and M. A. Jazayery. 1955. English for Iranians. Washington: American Council on Learned Societies. * Dakin Collection.

Gusbi, M. 1965. English For Libya 1. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Gusbi, M. 1966. English For Libya 2. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Cook, V. J. 1980. English for Life 1: People and Places- International Edition, Students' Book. Oxford: Pergamon. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Brasnett, C. 1976. English for Medical Students. London: Methuen. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Department of, I. 1958. English for Newcomers to Australia: Students' Book 1. Sydney: The Commonwealth Office of Education. * Dakin Collection.

Department of, I. 1956. English for Newcomers to Australia: Teacher's Book. Sydney: The Commonwealth Office of Education. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 4th edition

Austin, D. 1974. English for Nurses. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Thomas, D. and J. Thomas. 1969. English for Nurses. London: Edward Arnold. * Donated by Tim Kelly.

Spencer, D. H. 1963. English for Proficiency. London: Oxford University Press. * Reviewed in ELT 18/4, p. 195. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 208

50

Spencer, D. H. 1975. English for Proficiency. London: Oxford University Press. * second edition

Notes: Reviewed in ELT 18/4, p. 195. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 208.

English Language Teaching Development, U. 1978. English for Secretaries. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. missing.

English Language Teaching Development, U. 1978. English for Secretaries: Teacher's Book. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * .

Ali, M. A. R. G. V, I. N. Vereschchagina and M. N. Vyatutnev. 1972. English for Somali Schools Book 1. Mogadishu: The State Printing and Publishing Agency.

Ali, M. A. R. G. V, I. N. Vereschchagina and M. N. Vyatutnev. 1969. English for Somali Schools Book 2. Moscow: Prosveschcheniye Publishing House.

British, C. 1978. English for Specific Purposes. London: The British Council, English Teaching Information Centre. * (Ed.)

English Teaching Information, C. 1976. English for Specific Purposes. London: The British Council, English Teaching Information Centre.

Holden, S. 1977. English for Specific Purposes. London: Modern English Publications. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Author Role: (ed.)

Mackay, R. and A. e. Mountford. 1978. English for Specific Purposes. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

English Teaching Information, C. 1976. English for Specific Purposes: Information Guide. London: The British Council, English Teaching Information Centre.

Author unknown. 1966. English for Tanzanian Schools: Pupil's Book 6. DaresSalaam: Longman Tanzania. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Author unknown. 1967. English for Tanzanian Schools: Pupils' Book 7. DaresSalaam: Longman Tanzania. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Author unknown. 1967. English for Tanzanian Schools: Pupils' Book for Standard 7. Arusha: Longmans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Author unknown. 1968. English for Tanzanian Schools: Standard 7. Teacher's Programme. Arusha: Longmans of Tanzania. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

51

Jones, J. S. 1963. English for the Business Student. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Scobie, J. I. 1959. English for the Certificate. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 14/2, p. 96. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-23; Revised by Verner Bickley

Marland, M. and D. Thompson. 1964. English for the Individual. London: Heinemann.

Scobie, J. I. and W. O. Williams. 1960. English for Today. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 14/3, p. 148. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-24

The National Council of Teachers of, E. 1967. English for Today Book 5: Life in English-Speaking Countries. New York: McGraw-Hill. * Dakin Collection.

Chamberlin, D. and G. White. 1975. English for Translation: A Graded Course for Intermediate Students. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

United Arab Republic Ministry of, E. 1956. English for Use Book 2. Cairo: Amalgamated Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

United Arab Republic Ministry of, E. 1960. English for Use Book Three. Cairo: Amalgamated Publishing. * Dakin Collection. Notes: second edition

Mohiyud, d. and J. S. Turner. 1957. English for Use. Book 1: Primer (Graded English). Dacca: E.Pakistan School Textbook Board. * Dakin Collection). Notes: Approved by E. Pakistan School Textbook Board. [Based on Mackin (1955) above].

Allen, H. B. 1959. English for Use: Book One. Cairo: Amalgamated. * Dakin Collection.

Noonan, J. A. and A. V. P. Elliott. 1961. English for You Book 2. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection.

Noonan, J. A. and A. V. P. Elliott. 1959. English for You. Book 1. A course for SE Asia. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-13. British Library, National Library of Scotland (lacks Book 4) (COPAC). Bilingual approach; English-Malay. 4 vols.

Grant, N. J. H. and H. J. Ndanga. 1980. English for Zimbabwe: An English Course for Secondary School. Student's Book 1. Salisbury: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

52

Grant, N. J. H. and H. J. Ndanga. 1980. English for Zimbabwe: Teacher's Book for Year One. With Notes on Reading for a Purpose: Book 1. Salisbury: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Eaton, H. 1940. An English French German Spanish: Word Frequency Dictionary. New York: Dover. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

Abdoelrachman, K. 1954. English Grammar. Djakarta: Pembangunan. * Dakin Collection.

Lu, Z.-M. and Y.-F. Ying-Yu. 1958. English Grammar. Notes: Dakin Collection.

Diengott, M. 1955. English Grammar for Beginners. Haifa: The Beth Sefer Reali Ivri. * Dakin Collection.

Nesfield, J. C. 1900. English Grammar Past and Present in Three Parts. London: Macmillan.

Alexander, L. G, W. S. Allen, R. A. Close and R. J. O'Neill. 1975. English Grammatical Structure. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Seidl, J. and W. McMordie. 1978. English Idioms and How to Use Them. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper. 4th

Worrall, A. J. 1938. English Idioms for Foreign Students: With Exercises. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper. 3rd edition

Shachter, H. and P. Blumenthal. 1958. English Idioms for Schools and Self Study. Jerusalem: Achiasaf. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 3rd edition

Mountford, A. 1977. English in Agriculture. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Mountford, A. 1977. English in Agriculture: Teacher's Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Glendinning, E. H. 1978. English in Biological Science (Teacher's Edition). London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Proud, A. 1977. English in Brief. London: Arnold. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Laird, E. 1977. English in Education. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

53

Laird, E. 1977. English in Education: Teacher's Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Glendinning, E. H. 1980. English in Electrical Engineering and Electronics (Teacher's Edition). London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Cayari, R. M, F. R. M. Dacanay, D. T. Dungo, B. Low, E. G. Pinga and A. A. San Juan. 1962. English in Grade III. Manila: Bureau of Public Schools, Philipene Center for Language Study. * Dakin Collection.

Cayari, R. M, D. T. Dungo, E. G. Pinga and A. A. San Juan. 1963. English in Grade IV. Manila: Bureau of Public Schools, Philipene Center for Language Study. * Dakin Collection.

Gokak, V. K. 1964. English in India: Its Present and Future. London: Asia Publishing House. * Donated by John Spencer.

Glendinning, E. H. 1973. English in Mechanical Engineering. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Glendinning, E. H. 1973. English in Mechanical Engineering (Teacher's Edition). London: Oxford University Press.

Ttofi, C. and T. S. Creed. 1974. English in Mind: Complete Practice for First Certificate Cambridge. London: Macmillan.

Allen, J. P. B. and H. G. Widdowson. 1974. English in Physical Science. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Allen, J. P. B. and H. G. Widdowson. 1974. English in Physical Science: Teacher's Edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

O'Neill, R. 1970. English in Situations. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Allen, J. P. B. and H. G. Widdowson. 1978. English in Social Studies: Teacher's Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Candlin, E. F. 1978. English in Style Students' Book. London: Hodder and Stoughton. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Candlin, E. F. 1978. English in Style: Teacher's Book. London: Hodder and Stoughton. * Dakin Collection.

54

French, F. G. 1960. English in Tables: A Set of Blue-Prints for Sentence Builders. London: Oxford University Press. * 'Comprehensive description of the form, function and use of substitution tables. Valuable guide to the construction of substitution tables with many practical suggestions for their use in the classroom. Presents 50 common constructions in current English illustrated by substitution tables with full instructions for their use. Written for teachers who wish to give their pupils control of English constructions without grammatical explanations'. BC Biblio 1963. Two copies held harback and softback. Softback donated by Liza Sandell. Hardback from Dakin collection. Reviewed in ELT 15/4. p. 193. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-48.

Binney, E. M. 1962. English in the Caribbean Book Five. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-49

Binney, E. M. 1961. English in the Caribbean Book Four. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-49

Binney, E. M. 1961. English in the Caribbean Book One. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-49

Binney, E. M. 1961. English in the Caribbean Book Three. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-49

Binney, E. M. 1961. English in the Caribbean: Book Two. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-49

Jagger, J. H. 1940. English in the Future. London: Nelson. * Donated by Richard Forsyth.

Wilson, R, D. Litt and A. J. J. Ratcliffe. 1940. English in the Future. London: Nelson. * Donated by Richard Forsyth. Author Role: (Eds.)

Grant, N. J. H. and C. R. Wang'ombe. 1979. English in Use. An English Course for Secondary School. Student's Book 1. Salisbury: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grant, N. J. H. and C. R. Wang'ombe. 1979. English in Use. An English Course for Secondary School. Student's Book 2. Salisbury: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grant, N. J. H. and C. R. Wang'ombe. 1980. English in Use: An English Source for Secondary Schools. Students' Book 3. Salisbury: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Mountford, A. 1975. English in Workshop Practice. London: Oxford University Press.

55

* Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Mountford, A. 1975. English in Workshop Practice: Teacher's Edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Kingdon, R. 1958. English Intonation Practice. London: Longmans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Book and a set of records.Reviewed in ELT 13/4, p. 192. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-76

Lee, W. R. 1963. An English Intonation Reader. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 33/2, p. 103

Kogl, R. and O. Krasensky. 1953. English is Fun. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

Sambrook, G. A. 1947. The English Language. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Advance proof copy.

Quirk, R. 1972. The English Language and Images of Matter. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Longmans. 1961. English Language and Literature. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Defense Language, I. 1966. English Language Instructor Course Volume 7300: Teaching Methodology. USA: Defense Language Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Adelusi, O, M. O. Ogunmola and M. S. Adejumo. 1970. English Language Registers: The Language of the Various Fields of Human Activity. Ibadan: Onibonoje Press. * Dakin Collection.

Kementerian Pelajaran, M. 1980. English Language Syllabus in Malaysian Schools Tingkatan 4-5. Kuala Lampur: Dewan Pustaka.

Bright, J. A. 1970. English Language Units. Gerunds and Infinitives (As Objects). Teacher's Book. London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E. and J. Gaist. 1968. English Language Units. Unit 1. Student's Book. The Present Simple and Present Continuous Tenses. London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E. and J. Gaist. 1968. English Language Units. Unit 1. Teacher's Book. The Present Simple and Present Continuous Tenses. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

56

Nuttall, C. E. and J. Gaist. 1968. English Language Units. Unit 2. Student's Book. Contrast of Present Perfect and Past Simple Tenses. London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E. and J. Gaist. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 3. Student's Book. Conditional Clauses of Unreal Condition. London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E. and J. Gaist. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 3. Teacher's Book. Conditional Clauses of Unreal Condition. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Nuttall, C. E. and J. Gaist. 1968. English Language Units. Unit 4. Student's Book. Must, Need and Have To. London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E. and J. Gaist. 1968. English Language Units. Unit 5. Structures Used with Phrasal Verbs. London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E. and J. Gaist. 1968. English Language Units. Unit 5. Structures Used with Phrasal Verbs. Student's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Nuttall, C. E, S. D. Anderson and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 6. Students' Book. The Past Perfect Tense (Including Contrast with Past Simple). London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E, S. D. Anderson and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 6. Teacher's Book. The Past Perfect Tense (Including Contrast with Past Simple). London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 7. Student's Book. Can, Could and Be Able To. London: Longman.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 7. Teacher's Book. Can, Could and Be Able To. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 8. Student's Book. The Infinitive of Purpose. London: Longman.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1968. English Language Units. Unit 9. Student's Book. The Infinitive Without TO after certain Verbs. London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E, S. D. Anderson and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1968. English Language Units. Unit 10. Student's Book. Tense in Subordinate Clauses of Future Time. London:

57

Longman.

Nuttall, C. E. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 11- Word Order in Indirect Questions. Student's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy. Author Role: (Ed.)

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 12. Student's Book. Contrast of Past Continuous and Past Simple. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 12. Teacher's Book. Contrast of Past Continuous and Past Simple. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 13. Student's Book. For, Since, Ago. London: Longman.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 13. Teacher's Book. For, Since, Ago. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and others. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 14. Student's Book. Elided Forms (Auxiliaries and Anomalous Finites - Affirmative). London: Longman. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and others. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 15. Student's Book. Elided Negatives (Auxiliaries and Anomalous Finites). London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and others. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 15. Teacher's Book. Elided Negatives (Auxiliaries and Anomalous Finites). London: Longman.

Abbott, G. W. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 16. Student's Book- Relative Clauses. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Abbott, G. W. 1969. English Language Units. Unit 16. Teacher's Book. Relative Clauses. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Spencer, D. 1970. English Language Units. Unit 17. Student's Book. Question-Tags. London: Longman.

Spencer, D. H. 1970. English Language Units. Unit 17. Teacher's Book. Question-Tags. London: Longman.

58

Bright, J. A. 1970. English Language Units. Unit 19. Student's Book. Adjective + Infinitive. London: Longman.

Bright, J. A. 1970. English Language Units. Unit 19. Teacher's Book. Adjective + Infinitive. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes:.

Bright, J. A. 1970. English Language Units. Unit 20. Student's Book. Gerunds and Infinitives (As Objects). London: Longman.

Heaton, J. B. 1971. English Language Units. Unit 21. Teacher's Book. Tense Forms after WISH (Including Wish and Hope in Contrast). London: Longman.

Nuttall, C. E. 1971. English Language Units. Unit 22. Teacher's Book. Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. London: Longman.

Close, R. A. 1973. English Language Units. Unit 23. Student's Book. Determiners: Quantifiers (Much, Many, etc.). London: Longman.

Coe, N. 1973. English Language Units. Unit 25. Teacher's Book. Structural Problems of Regular Tense Forms. London: Longman.

Heaton, J. B. 1974. English Language Units. Unit 26. Teacher's Book. Used To. London: Longman.

Higgins, J. J. and M. F. Higgins. 1974. English Language Units. Unit 27. Student's Book. Indirect Statements: Part I. London: Longman.

Higgins, J. J. and M. F. Higgins. 1974. English Language Units. Unit 27. Teacher's Book. Indirect Statements: Part I. London: Longman.

Maley, A. 1974. English Language Units. Unit 28. Student's Book. The Passive: Part 1. London: Longman.

Maley, A. 1974. English Language Units. Unit 28. Teacher's Book. The Passive: Part 1. London: Longman.

Abbott, G. 1975. English Language Units. Unit 29. Student's Book. Question-Word Questions. London: Longman.

Coe, N. 1975. English Language Units. Unit 30. Student's Book. Answers to Negative Questions. London: Longman.

Higgins, M. F. 1976. English Language Units. Unit 31. Student's Book. Indirect

59

Statements: Part 2. London: Longman.

Maley, A. 1977. English Language Units. Unit 32. Student's Book. The Passive: Part 2. London: Longman.

Maley, A. 1977. English Language Units. Unit 32. Teacher's Book. The Passive: Part 2. London: Longman.

Close, R. A. 1976. English Language Units. Unit 33. Teacher's Book. Determiners: Part 3 (Some, Any, No, Either, Neither). London: Longman.

Close, R. A. 1978. English Language Units. Unit 34. Student's Book. Determiners: Part 4. London: Longman.

Close, R. A. 1978. English Language Units. Unit 34. Teacher's Book. Determiners: Part 4 (All, Both, Every and Each). London: Longman.

Higgins, M. F. 1977. English Language Units. Unit 35. Student's Book. Indirect Commands, Requests, etc. London: Longman.

Higgins, M. F. 1977. English Language Units. Unit 35. Teacher's Book. Indirect Commands, Requests, etc. London: Longman.

Stitt, J. M. 1962. The English Language: A Short History for African Schools with Teaching Notes. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Anson, R. 1938. English Lessons Part I. Cracow: Stanislas Goldman. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Anson, R. 1922. English Lessons Part II. Cracow: Stanislas Goldman. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Uncles, J. and B. Uncles. 1967. English Matters: Book 1. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection.


Uncles, J. and B. Uncles. 1972. English Matters: Book 3. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection. revised edition


60

Miller, D. C. 1959. English My New Language. Geneva: The Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 3rd edition

Miller, D. C. 1960. English My New Language. Geneva: The Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration. * 4th

Notes: 6th Edition (1963) in CELTE, Dakin Collection Dakin Collection.

De Schiffrin, R. S, B. A. Uteda and E. J. Golstein. 1964. English My Second Language Book 1. Buenos Aires: Editorial Crespillo. * Dakin Collection.

English Language, S. 1963. English My Way Book 1. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.











61


Johnson, A. 1948. English Occasions. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue, Reviewed in ELT 3/7, p. 196

Howatt, A. P. R. 1967. English Pattern Drills: A Practice Book for Intermediate Learners. Munchen: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

The English Language Institute, S. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1957. English Pattern Practices: Establishing the Patterns as Habits (from An Intensive Course in English, Revised Edition (Interim Printing]). University of Michigan Press. * Dakin Collection.

Armstrong, L. E. 1946. An English Phonetic Reader. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 3rd edition.

Brook, G. L. 1955. An English Phonetic Reader. Manchester: Manchester University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Uldall, E. English Phonetic Reader. London: University College. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. 1938. English Practice Books. Book I. Elementary Oral Exercises. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: New Method Series. Illustrated by Kerry Lee. Location: British Library

Wood, F. T. 1974. English Prepositional Idioms. London: English Language Book Society. * Dakin Collection. Notes: low-priced edition, published in 1974 . earlier (1967, Macmillan) edition also held.

Jones, D. 1917. An English Pronouncing Dictionary. London: Dent. * (In Collins, B. and I.M. Mees (Eds). 2003. Daniel Jones: Selected Works. London: Routledge, Volume 3)

Jones, D. 1956. English Pronouncing Dictionary. London: Dent. * Donated by John Spencer. Notes:11th edition. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 12. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, S-4Standard reference work. This edition, slightly revised, contains about 58,300 words with their pronunciation given in the symbols of the International Phonetic Association. Introduction provides a description of the criteria and characteristics of received pronunciation.

Jones, D. and A. C. Gimson. 1977. English Pronouncing Dictionary. London: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: (Eds.). 14th. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 33/4, p. 325, ,

62

Noted in BC Biblio 1963, S-4 (1956 edition) Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 92 (1963 edition).

MacCarthy, P. A. D. 1945. English Pronouncing Vocabulary. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by Meriel Bloom. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 12 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

MacCarthy, P. A. D. 1944. English Pronunciation. Cambridge: Heffer. * 4th 1950 edition in. Donated by Meriel Bloor, 2nd edition 1945 edition reviewed in ELT 1/1, p. 26 and another edition ? in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 8.

Harman, H. A. 1933. English Pronunciation Exercises. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in OE 5/2, p. 97

Trim, J. 1975. English Pronunciation Illustrated. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

Trim, J. L. M. 1965. English Pronunciation Illustrated. London: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 172. Reviewed in ELT 21/1, p. 85.

Arnold, G. F. and A. C. Gimson. 1965. English Pronunciation Practice. London: University of London Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 1965 and second edition 1973 copies held. , Reviewed in ELT 21/1, p. 87

Arnold, G. F. and A. C. Gimson. 1973. English Pronunciation Practice. London: University of London Press. * second edition

Notes: 1965 and second edition 1973 copies held. Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 21/1, p. 87.

Palmer, H. E. and F. G. Blandford. 1928. English Pronunciation through Questions and Answers. Cambridge: Heffer. * Dakin Collection.

Blatchford, R. 1925. English Prose and How to Write It. London: Methuen. * Dakin Collection.

Torgny, I. 1952. English Quick and Easy. Stockholm: Bengtsons. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Sack, F. L. 1947. An English Reader. Bern: Verlag & Francke. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Muhammad, T. and F. A. Qureshi. 1958. English Reader Book II for Class VII.

63

Lahore: Education Department. * Dakin Collection.

Muhammad, T. and F. A. Qureshi. 1957. English Reader Book III for Class VIII. Lahore: Education Department. * Dakin Collection.

English Language Institute, S. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1957. English Sentence Patterns: Understanding and Producing English Grammatical Structures (from An Intensive Course in English Revised Edition [Interim Printing]). Ann Arbor, Michigan: English Language Institute, University of Michigan. * Dakin Collection.

Jupp, T. C. and J. Milne. 1968. English Sentence Structure. London: Heinemann. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Notes: Teacher and Private Student's Book and An Introductory Course with Analysis and Construction with Examples and Practice.

Pearce, M. R. 1977. English Sign Language: Reading Comprehension Activities. London: Harrap.

Hill, L. A. and J. M. Ure. 1962. English Sounds and Spellings. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 166

Hill, L. A. 1964. English Sounds and Spellings: Dictation Pieces. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. and J. M. Ure. 1963. English Sounds and Spellings: Tests. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 167

Milne, B. L. 1957. English Speech Rhythm. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Location: ELT Archive. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 12/3, p. 113. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-80

McCallien, C. and P. Strevens. 1957. English Speech: A First Course in Pronunciation: Book 1. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Teacher's Book 2- 82pp, Book 1- 18pp, Book 2- 25pp. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-77



McCallien, C. and P. Strevens. 1957. English Speech: A First Course in Pronunciation: Teachers' Book One. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection.

64

Teacher's Book 2- 82pp, Book 1- 18pp, Book 2- 25pp. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-77

McCallien, C. and P. Strevens. 1960. English Speech: A First Course in Pronunciation: Teachers' Book Three. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Teacher's Book 2- 82pp, Book 1- 18pp, Book 2- 25pp. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-77

McCallien, C. and P. Strevens. 1958. English Speech: A First Course in Pronunciation: Teachers' Book Two. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Teacher's Book 2- 82pp, Book 1- 18pp, Book 2- 25pp. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-77

Berkoff, N. A. 1963. English Structure and Exercises. London: Allman & Sons. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 18/3, p. 143. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 177

Tatham, M. A. A. 1968. English Structure Manipulation Drills. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Drummond, G. 1972. English Structure Practice: English Sentence Patterns and Multi-Level Practice Exercises with Grammar Notes. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Curran, P. 1975. English Structure Stories. London: Stanley Thornes. * Donated by Jan Whetstone.

Howatt, A. P. R. 1966. English Structures and English Pattern Drills- Teacher's Key. Munchen: Hueber. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A. P. R. 1966. English Structures: A Workbook of Basic English Sentence Patterns for Intermediate Learners. Munchen: Hueber. * Dakin Collection.

Hawkins, W. F. and R. Mackin. 1967. English Studies Series 4: Liberal Studies. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Graver, B. D. and K. J. T. Hoile. 1967. English Studies Series 5: Military Texts. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hawkins, W. F, R. Mackin and G. V. Taylor. 1973. English Studies Series 7: Chemistry. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Adamson, V. and M. J. Lowe. 1973. English Studies Series 9: General Engineering texts. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Adamson, V. and M. J. B. Lowe. 1971. English Studies Series 9: General

65

Engineering Texts. London: Oxford University Press.

Berkoff, N. A. 1971. English Studies Series 10: Agriculture. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hawkins, W. F. and R. Mackin. 1966. English Studies Series: 3. Physics, Mathematics, Biology, and Applied Science. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Hawkins, W. F. and R. Mackin. 1967. English Studies Series: 3b. Physics, Mathematics, Biology, and Applied Science. Collocational and Pronouncing Vocabulary and Key. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hyatt, R. W. W. 1950. English Syntax for Foreign Students. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Nichols, A. E. 1965. English Syntax: Advanced Composition for Non-Native Speakers. New York: Holt. * Dakin Collection.

Narayan, R. K. 1945. The English Teacher. London: Eyre. * Dakin Collection.

Uldall, E. 1961. English Teaching Abroad and the British Universities. London: Methuen. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. 1969. English Teaching Extracts. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. e. 1980. English Teaching Perspectives. Harlow: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Courses, B. B. C. E. 1974. The English Teaching Theatre. Madrid: Editorial Alhambra, S.A. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Alderson, D. and V. Ward. 1979. English Tests for Doctors: Answers and Teacher's Notes. Lincoln Way: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Alderson, D. and V. Ward. 1979. English Tests for Doctors: Student's Book. Lincoln Way: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

English Language, S. 1964. English This Way: Teacher's Manual and Key to Books 1-6. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. and D. Palmer. 1925. English Through Actions. (This Forming Part of the “Oral Ostensive Line of Approach” of the Standard English Course in preparation by the Institute.). Tokyo: IRET. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes:

66

'Originally published in Tokyo in 1925 and designed for teaching English to Japanese, edited for wider application in 1958. Contains a carefully worked out body of material on which the first years of a course or syllabus in English could be based. Together with a very full collection of teaching items mostly oral drills, it includes an exposition of Palmer's theories and techniques of language teaching under such headings as: techniques of speech teaching; treatment of certain difficulties in grammar and composition; imperative drill; controversial conversation; oral assimilation; action chains'. BC Biblio 1963Donated by John Eckersley. Also in 2nd edition ed. 1999 of Selected Writings, vol. 3. The 1st ed. 1995 of Selected Writings, vol. 3, contains a 1955 reprinted edition published by Kaitakusha. Reviewed in ELT 14/4, p. 183 Mentioned as published in 1959 by Longmans Green and edited by Ralph Cooke. This edition also reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-59.

Richards, I. A. and C. M. Gibson. 1945. English through Pictures. New York: Pocket Books. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Kay, C. and F. Simmonds. 1979. English through Pictures Book 2. Glasgow: Collins. * Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1950. English through Pictures. Part One. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Advertised on front cover of OE 22/1 , Reviewed in OE 23/2, p. 262

French, F. G. 1951. English through Pictures. Part Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Advertised on front cover of OE 22/1 , Reviewed in OE 23/2, p. 262

French, F. G. 1951. English through Pictures. Part Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: ; Advertised on front cover of OE 22/1 , Reviewed in OE 23/2, p. 262

Palmer, H. E. 1926. English Through Questions and Answers Book I (Part I). Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. 'Corresponding to Book I, Part I of the Readers’. Location: British Library

Palmer, H. E. and J. V. Martin. 1926. English Through Questions and Answers. Book I (Part II). Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. ‘Corresponding to Book I, Part II of the Readers’. As with 1926u, the 1930 edition we have consulted indicates theoriginal date of publication as 1925. We correct this to 1926 here on the basis of the Oct.Nov. 1926 announcement of recent publications referred to in the preceding note. Location: 1930 ed. IRLT Library

Palmer, H. E. 1926. English Through Questions and Answers. Book II (Part I). Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes: In fact the 1930 edition in IRLT Library

67

indicates the original publication date as 17 October 1925, but we assume that this should be 1926 on the basis of a reference to this work in an announcement of recent publications in Bulletin 28 (Oct.Nov. 1926): 1. Location: 1930 ed. IRLT Library

Bhasker, W. W. S. and N. S. Prabhu. 1975. English through Reading. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 32/3. p. 247.

Creidy, O. 1978. English Today. Sao Paulo: Livraria Nobel. * Dakin Collection.

Twaddell, W. F. 1965. The English Verb Auxiliaries. Providence: Brown University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Notes: 2nd edition

Bruton, J. G. 1964. The English Verb in Context. London: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes:Noted in ELT 18/4, p. 196 and Reviewed in ELT 19/1, p. 44. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 179 Date of Publication-1965.

Close, R. A. 1961. The English We Use (Revised Edition): An Anthology of Current Usage with Exercises for Practice in the Spoken and Written Language. London: Longmans, Green. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

Close, R. A. 1965. The English We Use for Science. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 20/1, p. 94. Noted in BC Biblio 1865, No. 215

Close, R. A. 1961. The English We Use: An Anthology of Current Usage with Exercises for Practice in the Spoken and Written Language. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Reviewed in ELT 16/2, p. 110. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-8.

Close, R. A. 1975. The English We Use: Key to the Exercises. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Crittenden, J. 1978. English with Solo: Teacher's Guide. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Fries, C. C. 1950. English Word Lists: a Study of their Adaptability for Instruction. Ann Arbor: George Wahr. * Donated by Richard Smith. Notes: (from inserted list of notes made by R.S.) Orig published 1940 by American Council in Education, Washington. Cf Fife, R.H (ed.) 1949. An analytical bibliography of modern language teaching, New York: 'King's Crown press, Columbia University

Education, D. 1973. English: Suggested Syllabus for Primary Schools. Hong Kong: Education Department. * Dakin Collection.

Hopwood, D. and M. Stander. 1974. English: The Active Way- Standards 9,10.

68

Kenwyn, South Africa: Juta.

Hornby, A. S. and E. C. Parnwell. 1969. An English-Reader¹s Dictionary, Revised and Enlarged. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition. Location: British Library, National Library of Scotland (COPAC)

Hanson, W. J. 1973. Enquiries: Aggression. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Hanson, W. J. 1974. Enquiries: Drugs. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Jacotot, J. 1824. Enseignement universel. Langue étrangère. Louvain: De Pauw. * Notes: (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 1). 2nd edition

Capelle, G. and F. Grellet. 1980. Eoritured 2: Tests et Documents Exercices de Comprehension et de Production Ecrites. Paris: Hachette.

Taylor, A. 1953. Equipping the Classroom. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Richards, J. C. E. 1974. Error Analysis: Perspective on Second Language Acquisition. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1965. Essay and Letter Writing. London: Longmans.

Eckersley, C. E. and H. Bongers. 1948. Essential English for Dutch Students. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 3/6, p. 164. British Library, National Library of Scotland (COPAC) Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Eckersley, C. E. and J. M. Eckersley. 1941. Essential English for Foreign Students' Book 3 (Revised Edition). London: Longmans. * Donated by Jan Whetstone.

Eckersley, C. E. 1938. Essential English for Foreign Learners. Book 4. London: Longmans Green. * Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Teacher's book 168pp. Reviewed in ELT 7/4, p. 142

Eckersley, C. E. and J. M. Eckersley. 1971. Essential English for Foreign Students Book 2 (Revised Edition). London: Longman. * Donated by Jan Whetstone.

Eckersley, C. E. 1955. Essential English for Foreign Students. Book 1. London: Longmans Green. * Teacher's Book- 154pp. Reviewed in ELT 10/4, p. 157

Eckersley, C. E. 1955. Essential English for Foreign Students. Book 1. Teacher's

69

Book. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Teacher's Book- 154pp. Reviewed in ELT 10/4, p. 157

Eckersley, C. E. 1955. Essential English for Foreign Students. Book 2. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley . Notes: Reviewed in ELT 10/4, p. 157 Teacher's Book- 154pp.

Eckersley, C. E. 1956. Essential English for Foreign Students. Book 3. Teacher's Book. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Teacher's book 187pp, .

Eckersley, C. E. 1952. Essential English for Foreign Students. Book 4. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Teacher's book 187pp, .

Eckersley, C. E. 1963. Essential English for Foreign Students. Book 4. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Teacher's book 187pp, .

Eckersley, C. E. 1963. Essential English for Foreign Students. Book 4. Teacher's Book. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Teacher's book 187pp, .

Eckersley, C. E. 1972. Essential English for Foreign Students. New Edition: Book Two. Teacher's Book. London: Longman.

Eckersley, C. E. 1956. Essential English for Foreign Students. Revised edition. Book 3. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by Jan Whetstone. Teacher's book 187pp, .

Eckersley, C. E. and P. Courant. 1954. Essential English for French Students. An Introductory Course. Abbeville: Didier. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Eckersley, C. E. and M. Corbridge-Patkaniowska. 1947. Essential English for Polish Students. An Introductory Course. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Marked as 'correction copy'. Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue. Correction copy in. , Reviewed in ELT 1/7, p. 172. British Library, Oxford, National Library of Scotland. (COPAC).

Eckersley, C. E. 1948. The Essential English Readers. London: Longmans. * Author Role: General Editor. Notes: 3 titles noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-9. British Library (COPAC) Pathways to Literature and The Gardiners and the Coopers in Dakin Collection.

Eckersley, C. E. 1957. Essential English: Canadian Edition. Toronto: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

70

Eckersley, C. E. and S. Balkan. 1954. Essential English-Turkish Dictionary. London: Longmans.

Dixson, R. J. 1951. Essential Idioms in English for the Foreign Born. New York: Regent Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

Schonell, F. J. 1962. The Essential Spelling List. London: Macmillan.

Henderson, K. E. 1979. Evans Dictionary of Commercial English. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Gagg, J. C. 1964. Evans New Africa English Course for Ghana: Preparation Book. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Gagg, J. C. 1964. Evans New Africa English Course for Ghana: Pupils' Book 3. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Dixson, R. J. 1953. Everyday Dialogues in English for the Foreign Born. New York: Regents Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

Eckersley, C. E. 1937. An Everyday English Course for Foreign Students. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Palmer, H. E. 1922. Everyday Sentences in Spoken English. In phonetic transcription with intonation marks (for the use of foreign students). Cambridge: Heffer. * Ed. (1923) in Selected Writings, vol. 3. Location: 1st ed. British Library.

Palmer, H. E. and F. G. Blandford. 1927. Everyday Sentences in Spoken English. With phonetic transcription and intonation marks (for the use of foreign students). Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by Sheena Gardner. Ed. (1923) in Selected Writings, vol. 3. Location: 1st ed. British Library.

Palmer, H. E. and F. G. Blandford. 1935. Everyday Sentences in Spoken English. With phonetic transcription and intonation marks (for the use of foreign students). Cambridge: Heffer. * Dakin Collection. Ed. (1923) in Selected Writings, vol. 3. Location: 1st ed. British Library.

Jones, D. 1956. Everyman's English Pronouncing Dictionary. London: Dent. * Donated by John Spencer. 11th

Brazil, D. and M. Coulthard. 1979. Exchange Structure. Birmingham: English Language Research, Birmingham University.

71

Binham, P. 1968. Executive English: Book 1. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.



Richards, W. H. 1960. Exercise Your English. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Richards, W. H. 1977. Exercise Your English (revised edition). London: Evans. * Dakin Collection. Second edition.

Harris, C. C. 1948. Exercises in Comprehension and Expression. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1969. Exercises in Correct English. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Dixson, R. J. 1945. Exercises in English Conversation for the Foreign Born. New York: Regents Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

Judd, J. O. 1963. Exercises in English for Foreign Students. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: 3rd edition. Noted in ELT 18/4, p. 196, Reviewed in ELT 19/4, p. 195. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-19 2nd edition. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 158.

Hoffmann, H. G. 1966. Exercises in English Grammar and Usage: A Practice Book for Intermediate and Advanced Students. Munchen: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Hoffmann, H. G. 1966. Exercises in English Grammar and Usage: A Practice Book for Intermediate and Advanced Students (Teacher's Key). Munchen: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R. and J. Seidi. 1979. Exercises in English Patterns and Usage. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R. 1960. Exercises in English Patterns and Usage 1: The Verb: Tenses, Patterns and Idioms. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 15/3 p. 137 hardback and paperback in.

Mackin, R. 1960. Exercises in English Patterns and Usage 1: The Verb: Tenses, Patterns and Idioms. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

72

Notes: Reviewed in ELT 15/3 p. 137 hardback and paperback in.

Mackin, R. 1961. Exercises in English Patterns and Usage 2: The Verb:tenses Patterns and Idioms. Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 15/4. p. 196

Mackin, R. 1966. Exercises in English Patterns and Usage 5: Forms of Words: Derivation. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Mackin, R. 1962. Exercises in English Patterns and Usage: 3. The Verb: Tenses, Patterns and Idioms (Third Series). London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Mackin, R. 1966. Exercises in English Patterns and Usage: 4. Forms of Words: Inflection. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Mackin, R. 1968. Exercises in English Patterns and Usage: Key to Books 1-5. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Trevaskis, J. 1950. Exercises in Punctuation: A Systematic Course of Essential Punctuation. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Bruton, J. G. 1969. Exercises on English Prepositions and Adverbs. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Combe Martin, M. H. 1970. Exercising Spoken English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Flood, W. E. and M. West. 1952. An Explaining and Pronouncing Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Words. London: Longmans. * Donated by Adam West. Notes: [cited in Foreword to West 1953a; back cover (1964 impression) also notes publication of An Elementary Scientific and Technical Dictionary (same compilers)]. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 12;

Widdowson, H. G. 1979. Explorations in Applied Linguistics. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

British, C. 1979. Exploring Functions: Teacher's Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: (Ed.)

Sealey, L. 1968. Exploring Language Book 2. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1956. Fables and Stories for Beginners. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

73

Alisjahbanam, S. T. 1965. The Failure of Modern Linguistics in the Face of Linguistic Problems of the 20th Century. Kuala Lumpur: University of Malaya. * Dakin Collection.

Papa, M. and G. Iantorno. 1979. Famous British and American Songs. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Lugton, J. and R. Newton. 1972. Fast and Fluent. An Introduction to English. Ibadan: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1980. Feelings: A Course in Conversational English for Upper-Intermediate and More Advanced Students. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1980. Feelings: A Course in Conversational English for Upper-Intermediate and More Advanced Students. Teacher's Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Maciver, A. First Aid in English. Glasgow: Robert Gibson. * Dakin Collection.

Berlitz, M. D. 1905. First Book for Teaching Modern Languages. Berlin: Siegfried Cronbach.

Alexander, L. G. 1965. A First Book in Comprehension, Precis and Composition. London: Longman. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Spanier, A. and M. Diengott. 1956. A First Book of English. Beth: Haifa. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1956. A First Book of Stories. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Fowler, W. S. 1973. First Certificate English 1: Language and Composition. London: Nelson.

Fowler, W. S. 1974. First Certificate English 2: Reading Comprehension. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Fowler, W. S. 1974. First Certificate English 3: Use of English. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Fowler, W. S. 1975. First Certificate English 4: Listening Comprehension (Teacher's Book). London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

74

Fowler, W. S. 1978. First Certificate English 5: Interview. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Fowler, W. S. 1973. First Certificate English: Teacher's Guide to Books 1,2,3 (Revised Edition). London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Jonson, C. 1977. First Certificate Skills. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 33/2 p. 155

Beardwood, L, H. Templeton and M. Webber. 1978. A First Course in Technical English Student's Book 1. London: Heinemann. * .

Beardwood, L, H. Templeton and M. Webber. 1979. A First Course in Technical English Student's Book 2. London: Heinemann. * .

Beardwood, L, H. Templeton and M. Webber. 1978. A First Course in Technical English Teacher's Book 1. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Palmer, H. E. 1920. A First Course of English Phonetics. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by Peter Collier. Author Role: Linguistic Advisor to the Japanese Department of Education. 2nd edition. Original Pub Date: 1917, but reprinted with alterations in 1920. [Revised ed. (1922) in Selected Writings, vol. 7; .] Under the heading ‘A Brief List of Important Phonetic Books’ on the last page of 1917a, the publication year of 1917a itself is mistakenly entered as 1916. Hence our tentative chronological ordering of Palmer’s two 1917 publications here. Location: 1st ed. British Library

Hill, L. A. and P. R. Popkin. 1968. A First Crossword Puzzle Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Russon, L. J. and A. Russon. 1963. A First German Reader. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Gouin, F. 1893. A First Lesson in French. London: Philip. * Translation by Swan, H. and V. Bétis of Gouin, F. (1886) Essai sur une réforme des méthodes d’enseignement. L’art d’enseigner et d’étudier les langues. Pratique de la méthode des séries. Une première leçon de langue allemande. Conférence donnée à l’Association des anciens Élèves de l’École normale de la Seine. Paris: The Author. (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 6).

Palmer, H. E. 1929. The First Six Weeks of English. Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection.

Diengott, M. and S. M. Bender. 1937. First Steps in English. Tel Aviv: Publisher Unknown. * Dakin Collection.

75

Finch, J. 1971. First Steps in English Comprehension. London: Hamish Hamilton. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Shachter, H. and P. Blumenthal. 1958. First Steps in English Grammar. Jerusalem: Achiasaf. * Dakin Collection.

Gibson, C. M. and I. A. Richards. 1957. First Steps in Reading English: A First Book for Readers to Be. New York: Pocket Books. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. First Things First: Recorded Drills. Tapescript. London: Longman.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. First Things First: Students' Book. An Integrated Course for Beginners. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Alexander, L. G. 1969. First Things First: Supplementary Written Exercises. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. First Things First: Teacher's Book. An Integrated Course for Beginners. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. First Year English for Africa Part 1: Speaking. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. First Year English for Africa Part 2: Reading. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Joos, M. 1961. The Five Clocks: A Linguistic Excursion into the Five Styles of English Usage. New York: Harcourt. * Dakin Collection.

Strevens, P. 1966. Five Inaugural Lectures. London: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: (Ed.)

Palmer, H. E. 1927. The Five Speech-Learning Habits.:A paper developing a portion of the more general theory set forth in “A Memorandum on Problems of English Teaching in the Light of a New Theory issued in 1923 [sic]. Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes: .Supplement to Bulletin 30; later issued as Institute Leaflet no. 8. Dated on the basis of a reference in Bulletin 30 (Jan. 1927): 3. Location: Selected Writings, vol. 2; also, IRLT 1985, vol. 7 (no. 9)

Alexander, L. G. 1967. Fluency in English: An Integrated Course for Advanced Students. London: Longman. * .

76

Alexander, L. G. 1970. Fluency in English: Recorded Drills- Tapescript. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Kitchin, M. V. 1967. Focus on Britain: An Intermediate Structural Reader. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Raimes, A. 1978. Focus on Composition. New York: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 35/1, p. 71

Hoffman, B. e. 1965. Folk Songs of Britain and America. Verlag: Munchen. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1956. Folk-Tales from Asia. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1955. Folk-Tales from Different Lands. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. and S. Holden. 1978. Follow It Through. Writing in Context. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. and S. Holden. 1978. Follow It Through. Writing in Context. Teacher's Guide and Key. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Gaderer, H. and J. e. Lonergan. 1980. Follow Me. Year 1, Units 1-30. Media Teaching Manual. Vienna: Verband Osterreichischer Volkshochschulen.

Gaderer, H. and J. e. Lonergan. 1980. Follow Me. Year 2, Units 31-60. Media Teaching Manual. Frankfurt: Deutscher Volkshochschul-Verband e. V.

Kusel, P. 1977. Food Matters. London: Longman.

Alexander, L. G. 1968. For and Against: An Oral Practice Book for Advanced Students of English. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 25/1, p. 109.

British, C. 1978. The Foreign Language Learning Process. London: The British Council. * (Ed.)

Palmer, H. E. 1942. Foreign Language Teaching; Past, Present and Future. Buenos Aires: Mitchell's. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R. 1966. Forms of Words: Derivation. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

77

Drake, H. B. 1951. Foundation Exercises in English Book I. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Drake, H. B. 1953. Foundation Exercises in English Book II. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Hicks, D. 1956. Foundations of English for Foreign Students Teacher's 2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Hicks, D. J. 1956. Foundations of English for Foreign Students. Students' Book Two. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. and P. R. Popkin. 1971. A Fourth Crossword Puzzle Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

McCulloch, M. 1963. Francis of Assisi. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1966. Free Composition Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Soars, J. 1979. Freeway: Teacher's Book. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

English Section, D. o. E. S. J. P. R. P. R. D. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1953. Fries American English Series Book Four: For the Study of English as a Second Language. Boston: Heath. * Dakin Collection.

Members of the English Section, D. o. E. S. J. P. R. P. R. D. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1952. Fries American English Series Book One: For the Study of English as a Second Language. Boston: Heath. * Dakin Collection. : . Notes: Hardback. Hardback and softback editions held in WELTA.

Members of the English Section, D. o. E. S. J. P. R. P. R. D. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1952. Fries American English Series Book One: For the Study of English as a Second Language. Boston: Heath. * Donated by Vivian Cook: . Notes: Paperback. Harback and paperback editions held in WELTA.

Charles C. Fries, C. 1953. Fries American English Series Book Three: For the Study of English as a Second Language. Boston: Heath. * Dakin Collection.

Members of the English Section, D. o. E. S. J. P. R. P. R. D. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1952. Fries American English Series Book Two: For the Study of English as a Second Language. Boston: Heath. * Dakin Collection.

78

English Section, D. o. E. S. J. P. R. P. R. D. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1953. Fries American English Series for the Study of English as a Second Language: Teachers Guide Book 3. Boston: Heath. * Dakin Collection. [Members of the]

Charles C. Fries, C. 1953. Fries American English Series for the Study of English as a Second Language: Teachers Guide Book 4. Boston: Heath. * Dakin Collection.

Members of the English Section, D. o. E. S. J. P. R. P. R. D. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1952. Fries American English Series for the Study of English as a Second Language: Teachers Guide to Books 1 and 2. Boston: Heath. * Dakin Collection.

Ogden, C. K. 1994. From Bentham to Basic English London: Routledge. * Location; Warwick ELT Archive.

Hill, L. A. and S. Chohan. 1978. From Comprehension to Composition Ibadan: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

The Schools, C. and E. Institute of. 1973. From Information to Understanding: What Children do with New Ideas. London: Schols Council. * Dakin Collection.

Imhoof, M. and H. Hudson. 1975. From Paragraph to Essay. London: Longman.

Weaver, A. P. 1971. From Recall to Fluency. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Weaver, A. P. 1971. From Recall to Fluency: Key. London: Oxford University Press.

Medway, P. 1972. From Talking to Writing. London: Institute of Education * Dakin Collection.

Hughes, F. 1965. The Full Stop. London: Hart-Davis. * Dakin Collection. Series Volume ID: 1

Amin, R. 1968. Functional and Remedial English for Classes IX and X. Peshawar: University of Peshawar. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. 1977. Functional Comprehension. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Ministeran'ny, F. 1980. Functional English and Self-Expression. Repoblika Demokratisa Malagasy: Unknown.

White, R. V. 1979. Functional English: 1. Consolidation. Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

79

White, R. V. 1979. Functional English: 1. Consolidation: Teacher's Book. Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

White, R. V. 1979. Functional English: 2. Exploitation. Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

White, R. V. 1979. Functional English: 2. Exploitation: Teacher's Book. Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

White, R. V. 1979. Functional English: 2. Exploitation: Teacher's Book. Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Jones, L. 1977. Functions of English: A Course for Advanced Students. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Hill, L. A. and R. D. S. Fielden. 1956. Further Comprehension and Précis Pieces for Overseas Students. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. ) . Notes: Reviewed in ELT 11/1 p. 35. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-35

Thornley, G. C. 1962. Further Practice in English: A Collection of Prose, Drama and Verse with Exercises. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-46

Thornley, G. C. 1972. Further Scientific English Practice : A Collection of Prose, Drama and Verse with Exercises. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-46.

Shachter, H. and P. Blumenthal. 1958. Further Steps in English Grammar: Supplementary Exercises to First Steps in English Grammar. Jerusalem: Achiasaf. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 5th edition

Bendor, S. 1956. Further Steps in English: Second Year Course. Israel: Beth Sefer. * Dakin Collection.

Close, R. A. 1969. The Future. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Bickley, V. e. Future Directions in Englsih Language Teacher Education. Asia and Pacific Perspectives. . Hong Kong: Institute of Language in Education

Wadia, A. R. 1954. The Future of English in India. Bombay: Asia Publishing House. * Donated by John Spencer.

Dorry, G. N. 1966. Games for Second Language Learning. New York: McGraw-Hill. *

80

Dakin Collection.

British, C. 1977. Games, Simulations and Role-Playing. London: The British Council. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. (ed.)

Eckersley, C. E. and L. C. B. Seaman. 1948. The Gardiners and The Coopers. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Matias. 1959. The Gay Colours. London: Hutchinson. * Dakin Collection.

Thomas, H. H. 1951. General Progress Papers. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Bates, M. and T. Dudley-Evans. 1976. General Science. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Bates, M. and T. Dudley-Evans. 1976. General Science: Teacher's Notes. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Gatenby, E. V. and C. E. Eckersley. 1955. General Service English Wall Pictures Teacher's Handbook with Exercises. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Gatenby, E. V. and C. E. Eckersley. 1957. General Service English Wall Pictures. Pupil's Handbook. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Teacher's handbook/Pupil's Workbook . 8 Pupil's Workbooks, Teacher's Handbook. 1957 edition in National Library of Scotland, British Library (COPAC). , Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-11. National Library of Scotland, British Library (COPAC).

West, M. 1953. A General Service List of English Words, with Semantic Frequencies and a Supplementary Word-list for the Writing of Popular Science and Technology. London: Longmans Green. * Notes: Two editions held. One is 1983 impression with dust jacket. Foreword by G.B. Jeffery. Donated by John Eckersley. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 1

West, M. 1953. A General Service List of English Words, with Semantic Frequencies and a Supplementary Word-list for the Writing of Popular Science and Technology. London: Longmans Green. * Notes: Two editions held. One is 1983 impression with dust jacket. Foreword by G.B. Jeffery. Donated by John Eckersley. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 1

Diller, K. C. 1971. Generative Grammar, Structural Linguistics and Language Teaching. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury.

Haycraft, J. and B. Haycraft. 1972. George and Elvira: Conversations in English.

81

London: Evans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Hill, R. 1975. Get It Right! . London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, R. 1976. Get It Right! Key. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

James, D. and M. Rinvolucri. 1978. Get Up and Do It! Sketch and Mime for E.F.L. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Coveney, J. and S. J. Moore. 1972. Glossary of French and English Management Terms. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Broughton, G. 1975. Go. Teacher's Book 1. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Laubach, F. C. and P. J. Hord. 1963. Going Forward. London: New York. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. and S. Holden. 1980. Going Places: An Integrated Skills Course for Post-Elementary Students. Harlow: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Singh, S. B. Golden English Primer (Hindi Edition) for Indian School Students. Delhi: Indian Book Depot. * Dakin Collection.

Hornby, A. S. 1951. The Golden Goose, and Other Stories from Grimms' Tales. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 1951 and 1966 edition in British Library (COPAC)

Halbrich, J. O. 1957. Gonzalez in England: The Story of a Journey. Buenos Aires: Toil & Chat. * Dakin Collection.

Trebe, H. A. 1937. A Good Fight. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Wilson, K. and K. Morrow. 1975. Goodbye Rainbow. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Burt, M. K. and C. Kiparasky. 1969. The Gooficon: A Repair Manual for English. Rowley, MA: Newbury.

Hamilton, J. 1824. The Gospel of St. John, Adapted to the Hamiltonian System, by an Analytical and Interlineary Translation [from French to English]. London: The Author. * 2nd edition

Notes: (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 1).

82

Day, J. and D. Fisher. 1963. Graded Comprehension for Advanced Students. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Etherton, A. R. B. 1968. Graded English Exercises for Secondary Schools Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Heaton, J. B. and J. P. Stocks. 1965. Graded English Test Papers Junior Book. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Heaton, J. B. and J. P. Stocks. 1965. Graded English Test Papers Senior Book. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Dixson, R. 1943. Graded Exercises in English. New York: Regents Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. 1926. Graded Exercises in English Composition. Book I (Part II). Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes: ‘Corresponding to the [sic] Book I (Part II) of the Standard English Readers’. Location: British Library

Palmer, H. E. 1927. Graded Exercises in English Composition. Book II (Part I). Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 'Corresponding to the [sic] Book II (Part I) of the Standard English Readers’. Location: British Library, IRLT Library

Palmer, H. E. 1927. Graded Exercises in English Composition. Book II (Part II). Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Corresponding to Book II (Part II) of the Standard English Readers’. The only subsequent addition to the series we have come across is Graded Exercises in English Composition Book III (Part I), written by E.K. Venables and published on 20 June 1930, according to a first edition in the IRLT Library. Location: British Library, IRLT Library

Etherton, A. R. B. and G. C. Thornley. 1964. A Graded Secondary School English Course Book 2. London: Longmans. * Books 1-5. designed for use in English medium secondary school. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 152. Books 2-5 in CELTE

Etherton, A. R. B. and G. C. Thornley. 1964. A Graded Secondary School English Course Book 3. London: Longmans. * Books 1-5. designed for use in English medium secondary school. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 152. Books 2-5 in CELTE

Etherton, A. R. B. and G. C. Thornley. 1965. A Graded Secondary School English Course Book 4. London: Longmans. * . Notes: Books 1-5. designed for use in English medium secondary school. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 152. Books 2-5 in CELTE

Etherton, A. R. B. and G. C. Thornley. 1964. A Graded Secondary School English

83

Course Book 5. London: Longmans. * Books 1-5. designed for use in English medium secondary school. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 152. Books 2-5 in CELTE

Palmer, H. E. 1934. The Grading and Simplifying of Literary Material. Tokyo: IRET. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

Ebrat, J. L. 1943. Gramatica Inglesa Practica. Barcelona: Casa Provincial de Caridad. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, A. and D. C. Thornley. 1957. Grammar and Idiom. London: Longmans. Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-56 (1950??)

Palmer, H. E. 1938. A Grammar of English Words. One thousand English words and their pronunciation, together with information concerning the several meanings of each word, its inflections and derivatives, and the collocations and phrases into which it enters. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Selected Writings, Vol. 10. Noted BC Biblio 1963, N-65

Mittins, W. H. 1962. A Grammar of Modern English. London: Methuen. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

Palmer, H. E. 1924. A Grammar of Spoken English on a Strictly Phonetic Basis. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by Peter Collier. Author Role: Linguistic Adviser to the Japanese Department of Education

Notes: Also, in Selected Writings, Vol. 5. Donated by Peter Collier.

Palmer, H. E. 1939. A Grammar of Spoken English on a Strictly Phonetic Basis. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by John Spencer. Notes: Second edition. Author Role: Linguistic Adviser to the Japanese Department of Education. Also, in Selected Writings, Vol. 5. Donated by Peter Collier.

Palmer, H. E. and F. G. Blandford. 1939. A Grammar of Spoken English on a Strictly Phonetic Basis. Cambridge: Heffer. * Notes:2nd edition. Donated by John Spencer. Third edition reviewed in ELT 25/1, p. 106.

Deutschbein, M. and H. Klitscher. 1959. Grammatik der Englischen Sprache: Auf Wissenschaftlicher Grundlage. Heidelberg: Quelle & Meyer. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

Page, F. 1937. Great Expectations by Charles Dickens. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

84

Clarke, D. W. and M. D. M. Mackenzie. 1966. The Groundwork of English Sentence Structure. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Kingdon, R. 1958. The Groundwork of English Stress. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Noted in OE 31/2, p. 93

Jesperson, O. 1935. Growth and Structure of the English Language. Oxford: Blackwell. * Donated by Sheena Gardner.

Rossiter, A. P. 1939. The Growth of Science. Cambridge: Pitman. * Donated by Richard Forsyth.

Dixon, J. 1969. Growth through English. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Sheena Gardner.

May, D. J. 1967. Guide to Advanced and Literary Comprehension and Appreciation Pieces. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Brown, C. C. A Guide to English-Malay Translation. 1956:

Dakin Collection. Notes:Author, Subsidiary: London. Author Role: Longmans

Hornby, A. S. 1954. A Guide to Patterns and Usage in English. London: Oxford University Press. * Hardback copy is Notes: 2 copies held. One paperback, one hardback, both with dust cover. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 6 and in ELT 8/4, p. 140. Reviewed in OE 26/3, p. 120. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 137. British Library, Edinburgh, Oxford(COPAC)Influential description of the syntax of English designed especially to aid the teaching of English as a foreign language. Provides an analaysis in terms of verb patterns, adjective patterns and noun patterns, with sections on time and tense, adverbials, etc. Of particlar value to those concerned with the preparation of course material and for use as a reference book, both by students and teachers. Concise, authoritative and very well indexed. 1962 edition in British Library, Leeds ; Liverpool ; Manchester ; National Library of Scotland; Sheffield ; Southampton (COPAC). 2nd edition (1975) in British Library, Aberdeen ; Edinburgh ; Leeds ; Manchester ; Oxford ; Sheffield ; Warwick (COPAC). A reduced photographic reprint of the edition of 1954

Spencer, D. H. 1967. Guided Composition Exercises. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Fleming, G. F. 1961. Guided Composition for Students of English. London: University of London Press. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 16/2, p. 112.

85

Alexander, L. G. 1971. Guided Composition in English Language Teaching. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Ridout, R. and T. S. Creed. 1970. Guided Conversations for Learners of English: Stage One. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Ridout, R. and T. S. Creed. 1973. Guided Conversations for Learners of English: Stage Two. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Jupp, T. C. and J. Milne. 1968. Guided Course in English Composition. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Jupp, T. C. and J. Milne. 1969. Guided Course in English Composition: Teachers Handbook. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Jupp, T. C. and J. Milne. 1972. Guided Paragraph Writing: A First Course in English Composition with Structural Practice. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Robinson, L. 1967. Guided Writing and Free Writing: A Text in Composition for English as a Second Language. London: Harper & Row. * Dakin Collection.

Guide-Lines. Vol I. For First, Second and Third Year Work. Rabat: Ministere de l'Enseignment. *

1974. Guide-Lines. Vol II. For First, Second and Third Year Work. Rabat: Ministere de l'Enseignment. *

1975. Guide-Lines. Vol III. For First, Second and Third Year Work. Rabat: Ministere de l'Enseignment. *

Wren, P. C. 1951. Gulliver's Travels by Jonathan Swift. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Jordan, R. R. and R. MacKay. 1976. A Handbook for English Language Assistants. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection.

Rayson, R. and C. Johnson. 1964. A Handbook for the Cambridge Certificates in English. London: Dent. * Dakin Collection.

Zandvoort, R. W. 1948. A Handbook of English Grammar. Groningen: Wolters. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: 8th edition of Netherlands-published original version, first published in 1945

86

Zandvoort, R. W. 1961. A Handbook of English Grammar. Groningen: Wolters. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 8th edition of Netherlands-published original version, first published in 1945

Zandvoort, R. W. and J. A. van Ek. 1957. A Handbook of English Grammar. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading Notes: 7th, 8th Edition 1961 in Dakin Collection.

Armstrong, L. E. and I. C. Ward. 1931. A Handbook of English Intonation. Cambridge: Heffer. Notes: Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: 2nd edition. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 7

Black, C. 1970. A Handbook of Free Conversation. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 26/1, p. 100 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue.

Sweet, H. 1877. A Handbook of Phonetics, Including a Popular Exposition of the Principles of Spelling Reform. London: Macmillan for the Clarendon Press, Oxford. * Dakin Collection. Notes:(in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 1)

Kruisinga, E. 1932. A Handbook of Present-Day English. Part 2: English Accidence and Syntax. Groningen: Noordhoff. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Prendergast, T. 1868. Handbook to the Mastery Series. London: Longmans, Green. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 4).

Dickens, M. 1961. The Happy Prisoner. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Underwood, M. 1979. Have You Heard? : Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 36/3.

Sheffield, M. 1969. Hello! Hello!: English for Immigrant Children Age 8-11. London: BBC. * Author Role: (Ed.)

Stevick, E. W. 1955. Helping People Learn English: A Manual for Teachers of English as a Second Language. Nashville, USA: Abingdon Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: . 'Simple handbook intended for American newcomers to the teaching of English to foreigners. In Part 1, the oral approach and vocabulary and structure control are explained. Part II- teaching suggestions, gives a wealth of detailed practical hints. Part III- some useful information about the English language. Includes notes on the sounds of English and on grammar and suggested exercises'. BC Biblio 1963, Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-62 1957 edition

87

Willis, R. and L. L. Szkutnik. 1968. Helping Verbs. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Edmondston, J. D. 1961. Here We Are 1. Oslo: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Edmondston, J. D. 1962. Here We Are Again 2. Oslo: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R. and D. Carver. 1968. A Higher Course of English Study: 1. London: Oxford University Press.

Mackin, R. and D. Carver. 1971. A Higher Course of English Study: 2. London: Oxford University Press.

Davies, H. M. 1938. Hints of Learning English (For Foreign Students) II. On the Use of the Present Perfect and the Simple Past Tense in Spoken English. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Davies, H. M. 1934. Hints on Learning English (For Foreign Students) 1. On the Use of the Present Tenses in Spoken English. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Bongers, H. 1947. The History and Principles of Vocabulary Control Parts I and II. Woerden, Holland: Wocopi.

Bongers, H. 1947. The History and Principles of Vocabulary Control Parts III. Woerden, Holland: Wocopi.

Hamilton, J. 1829. The History, Principles, Practice, and Results of the Hamiltonian System, for the Last Twelve Years; with Answers to the Edinburgh and Westminster Reviews; and His Public Lecture in Liverpool, on the 18th of March, 1829; with Instructions for the Use of the Books Published on this System. Manchester: Sowler, Courier and Herald Office. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 1).

Fletcher, M. 1979. Holiday English Language Programme. London: Hodder and Stoughton. * Dakin Collection.

Martin, G. 1978. Holiday English Level 1 Student's Workbook. London: Mary Glasgow. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Magness, C. 1977. Holiday English Level 2 Student's Workbook. London: Mary Glasgow. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

88

Gude, K. 1977. Holiday English Level 3 Student's Workbook. London: Mary Glasgow. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Charlton, H. 1978. Holiday English Level 4 Student's Workbook. London: Mary Glasgow. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Mugglestone, P. 1978. Holiday English Level 5 Student's Workbook. London: Mary Glasgow. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Young, R. 1978. Holiday English Level 6 Student's Workbook. London: Mary Glasgow. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

McLean, A. 1978. Horizons: Advanced Readings in English. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Hunt, B, R. Hoppner, P. Stoldt and J. Tate. 1976. How Do You Do. Schoningh. * Dakin Collection.

Duff, C. 1947. How to Learn a Language: A Book for Beginners and All Others Who may be Interested. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Sometime Lecturer at the Institute of Education, University of London. Reviewed in OE 19/3, p. 716

Sayce, A. H. 1879. ‘How to learn a language’, review of How to Learn Danish (Dano-Norwegian) by E.C. Otté. London: Truebner. * Nature 20 (29 May 1879): 934 (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 1)

Binham, P. 1968. How to Say It. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Jespersen, O. 1904. How to Teach a Foreign Language. London: Swan Sonnenschein. * Transl. from the Danish by Sophia Yhlen-Olsen Bertelsen. 'Although written over half a century ago, this book advocates many of the language teaching methods still applicable. Recommends grading of vocabulary, idiom, grammar and sounds. Visual aids are discussed with emphasis on proper cultural content. The scientific use of phonetics is demonstrated and phonetic transcription recommended in the initial stages' (BC Biblio 1963). (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 4). Original reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-28

Finch, R. How to Teach English Composition Volume I. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

89

Unknown. How to Use the New Method Conversation Course: A Teacher's Handbook. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. 1938. How to Use the New Method Grammar. A Teacher’s Handbook. London: Longmans, Green. * The Dakin Collection.

Everson, M. 1953. How to use the New Method Malayan Primers and Reader I. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 26/3, p. 120

Good, M. and J. Holmes. 1978. How's It Going? An Alternative to Testing Students in Adult Literacy Adult Literacy Unit

Parnwell, E. C. 1938. Humphrey Bold by Herbert Strang. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hugo, V. 1963. The Hunchback of Notre-Dame. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Baumgarten, H, K. Baschiera and E. Kuffner. 1950. I Learn English: Lehrgang der Englischen Sprache I.Teil. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

Baumgarten, H, K. Baschiera and E. Kuffner. 1950. I Learn English: Lehrgang der Englischen Sprache II. Part III. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

Baumgarten, H, K. Baschiera and E. Kuffner. 1950. I Learn English: Lehrgang der Englischen Sprache II.Teil. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

Wingdorsky, L. and E. Diaz. 1959. I Speak English Book I. Chile: Fondo. * Dakin Collection.

Wingdorsky, L. and E. Diaz. 1959. I Speak English Book II. Chile: Fondo. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. and R. H. Kingsbury. 1976. I Think You Think: 30 Discussion Topics for Adults. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Taylor, A. and R. Prosser. 1954. I Will Speak English (Book One). London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 26/3, p. 120.

Taylor, A. and R. Prosser. 1954. I Will Speak English (Book Two). London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 26/3, p. 120.

Richterich, R. and J.-L. Chancerel. 1978. Identifying the Needs of Adults Learning a Foreign Language. (Collected information taking into account the needs of the

90

learner in a European Unit/Credit System for Language Learning by Adults. Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Co-operation of the Council of Europe. * Donated by Janelle Cooper. Notes:Translated, Reviewed in ELT 35/2, p. 197.

Nesfield, J. C. 1954. Idiom and Grammar. Bombay: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Knight Smith, B. T. 1929. Idiomatic English of the Present Day: In Practical Dialogue Form for the Use of Foreign Students. London: Dent. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Box, K. 1955. Idiomatic English: A Book for Foreign Students. London: Pitman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 10/2, p. 80

Mackin, R. 1962. III The Verb: Tenses, Patterns and Idioms. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

James, R. and R. G. Gregory. 1966. Imaginative Speech and Writing: Teacher's Manual. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Robinson, P. 1977. Import/Export. London: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

West, M. 1948. Improve your English. London: Longmans, Green. * Donated by Peter Collier. Reviewed in ELT 3/1, p. 27; Reviewed in OE 19/4, p. 768. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-25.

Morley, J. 1972. Improving Aural Comprehension. Michigan: The University of Michigan Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Strevens, P. 1978. In Honour of A S Hornby. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by British Council. Notes: , Reviewed in ELT 34/1, p. 71. Author Role: (Ed.)

Alexander, L. G. and C. Wilson. 1974. In Other Words: 20 Composition Exercises for Intermediate and Post Intermediate Students of English. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper, Reviewed in ELT 31/3, p. 259.

Toit, A. P. d, S. E. v. Broembsen and J. A. Venter. In the Stream Standard VI. Johannesburg: Nasionale Boekhandel Beperk. * Dakin Collection.

Wilkinson, A. 1967. In Your Own Words: Spoken English and Communication. London: BBC. * Dakin Collection.

The British, C. 1972. An Index to Twenty-Five Years of English Language Teaching, 1946-1971. London: English-Teaching Information Centre, The British Council. *

91

Donated by The British Council. Extent of Work: 88 pp.

Henderson, E. J. A. 1971. The Indispensable Foundation: A Selection from the Writings of Henry Sweet. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

The Centre for British, T. 1976. The Individual in Society Students' Book. London: CBT. * Dakin Collection.

British, C. 1978. Individualisation in Language Learning. London: The British Council. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: (Ed.)

Logan, G. E. 1973. Individualized Foreign Language Learning: An Organic Process. A Guide to Initiating, Maintaining and Expanding the Process. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Jupp, T. C. and S. Hodlin. 1975. Industrial English. London: Heinemann Educational Books. * Donated by Janelle Cooper, Reviewed in ELT 34/1, p. 73.

Marin, A. C. 1945. Ingles Basico: En Veinte Lecciones. La Habana: Cultural, SA. * Dakin Collection.

Raufet, R. F. 1955. Ingles Primer Curso. Buenos Aires: Libreria del Colegio. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition

Raufet, R. F. 1950. Ingles Tercer Curso. Buenos Aires: Libreria del Colegio. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition

Martinet, A. 1947. Initiation Pratique a L'Anglais. Lyon: Rue Victor Lagrange. * Dakin Collection.

Swan, M. 1975. Inside Meaning: Proficiency Reading Comprehension. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Palmer, H. E. 1934. The Institute for Research in English Teaching: Its History and Work. Tokyo: IRET. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

English Language, S. 1943. An Intensive Course in English: English Pattern Practices: Establishing the Patterns as Habits. Ann Arbor, Michigan: The University of Michigan Press. *

English Language Institute, S. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1954. An Intensive Course in English: English Pronunciation: Exercises in Sound Segments, Intonation, and Rhythm. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes:

92

Reviewed in ELT 13/4, p. 186

English Language Institute, S. and C. Charles C. Fries. 1957. An Intensive Course in English: English Sentence Patterns: Understanding and Producing English Grammatical Structures: An Oral Approach. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. * Revised Edition. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 13/3, p. 130.

O'Neill, R. 1976. Interaction: Practice Modules at the First Certificate Level. Essex: Longman.

O'Neill, R. 1976. Interaction: Practice Modules at the First Certificate Level. Essex: Longman. * Editions with/without First certificate logo on cover and separate booklet inside back cover held

O'Neill, R. 1976. Interaction: Practice Modules at the First Certificate Level. Essex: Longman. * Editions with/without First certificate logo on cover and separate booklet inside back cover held

Author unknown. 1971. Interdisciplinary Approaches to Language: CILT Reports and Papers 6. Notes: Date and Place of Publication from the British Library Catalogue.

Faucett, L. W, H. E. Palmer, E. L. Thorndike and M. P. West. 1936. Interim Report on Vocabulary Selection for the Teaching of English as a Foreign Language. London: King. * Extract: up to end of ‘A’: 115 pp (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

Rawson-Jones, K. F. 1970. Inter'lang English: A New Course in Spoken English for Use by Teachers with or without a Language Laboratory. Students' Manual. London: Inter'lang. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Author Role: (ed.)

Rawson-Jones, K. F. 1970. Inter'lang English: A New Course in Spoken English for Use by Teachers with or without a Language Laboratory. Teachers' Manual. London: Inter'lang. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Author Role: (ed.)

Byrne, D. 1964. Intermediate Comprehension Passages with Recall Exercises and Aural Comprehension Tests. London: Longman.

Hill, L. A. 1969. Intermediate Comprehension Pieces. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Allen, C. J. 1963. Intermediate Dictation Exercises for Overseas Students. London: Longmans, Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 18/3, p.

93

139. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 192.

Spencer, D. H. and A. S. Hornby. 1959. An Intermediate English Course for Adult Learners. London: Oxford University Press. * 1966 edition in British Library, National Library of Scotland (COPAC) . Reviewed in ELT 14/2, p. 91. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-9. British Library, National Library of Scotland (COPAC)

Corder, S. P. 1960. An Intermediate English Practice Book. London: Longman. * Reviewed in ELT 15/3, p. 137. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-51

Hill, L. A. 1964. An Intermediate Refresher Course. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 184

Hill, L. A. and P. Popkin. 1967. Intermediate Stories for Composition. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1965. Intermediate Stories for Reproduction London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Hill, L. A. 1977. Intermediate Stories for Reproduction 2. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Ridout, R. 1959. International English: First Steps in Learning to Read and Write English as a Foreign Language. Book I London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-7.

Ridout, R. 1959. International English: First Steps in Learning to Read and Write English as a Foreign Language. Book II London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-7.

Ridout, R. 1960. International English: First Steps in Learning to Read and Write English as a Foreign Language. Book III London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-7.

Ridout, R. 1960. International English: First Steps in Learning to Read and Write English as a Foreign Language. Book IV. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-7.

Ridout, R. 1961. International English: First Steps in Learning to Read and Write English as a Foreign Language. Book V. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-7.

Turner, J. D. 1965. Intoduction to the Language Laboratory. London: University of London Press. * 'Attemps to help intending purchasers of language laboratories by

94

suggesting basic criteria on which a choice can be based. Covers the sort of information usually given at an introductory conference and includes: different types of language laboratory; methods and materials; maintenance; and administration. Bibliography.' (BC Biblio 1965) . Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 126

Halliday, M. A. K. 1967. Intonation and Grammar in British English. The Hague: Mouton. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

Jones, D. 1909. Intonation Curves. Leipzig: Teubner. * . Notes: (In Collins, B. and I.M. Mees (Eds). 2003. Daniel Jones: Selected Works. London: Routledge, Volume 1)

O'Connor, J. D. and G. F. Arnold. 1973. Intonation of Colloquial English: A Practical Handbook. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Corder, S. P. 1973. Introducing Applied Linguistics. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Corder, S. P. 1973. Introducing Applied Linguistics. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * paperback version Dakin Collection.

Mackenzie, M. D. M. 1974. Introducing English Tenses. London: Evans. * Glossy and matt cover variations held.

Mackenzie, M. D. M. 1974. Introducing English Tenses. London: Evans. * Glossy and matt cover variations held.

Monfries, H. 1970. An Introduction to Critical Appreciation for Foreign Learners. London: Macmillan. * third edition

Notes: Noted in ELT 18/3, p. 143, Reviewed in ELT 19/4, p. 194, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 170 Dakin Collection.

Coulthard, M. 1977. An Introduction to Discourse Analaysis. London: Longmans. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Haycraft, J. 1978. An Introduction to English Language Teaching. London: Longmans.

Stirling, W. F. 1960. An Introduction to English Phonetics for Arabic-Speaking Students. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Gimson, A. C. 1962. An Introduction to the Pronunciation of English. London: Edward Arnold. * Donated by SLALS 1969 impression, reprinted with minor amendments, 1965.

95

Gimson, A. C. 1962. An Introduction to the Pronunciation of English. London: Edward Arnold. * Donated by Janelle Cooper. Notes: Author Role: Reader in Phonetics, University College, London. Reviewed in ELT 18/4, p. 193 noting 1963 - mistakenly? - as date of publication. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 98. Comprehensive and authoritative treatment of the phonetics of English. In Three parts: Speech and language general phonetics, classification and description of speech sounds, linguistics principles; Sounds of English historical development, English vowels and consonants in detail; The word and connected speech characteristics of connected speech, indlucing stress, rhythm and intonation. Represents a development and expansion of many of the principles of Daniel Jones, applied especially to Southern British English.

Gimson, A. C. 1970. An Introduction to the Pronunciation of English. London: Arnold. * Author Role: Professor of Phonetics, University College London. 2nd edition

Sauveur, L. 1874. Introduction to the Teaching of Living Languages without Grammar or Dictionary. Boston: Schönhof und Möller. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 5).

O'London, J. Is it Good English and Like Matters. London: George Newnes. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. 1980. It's your Turn: Ten Board Games. Teacher's Guide. London: Modern English Publications. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Graham, C. 1979. Jazz Chants for Children: Rhythms of American English through Chants, Songs and Poems. New York: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Smolska, J. 1960. Jezyk Angielski Dla Technikow: Wydanie Czwarte Calkowicie Przerobione i Uzupelnione. Warszawa: Panstowowe Wydawnictwa Techniczne. * Dakin Collection.

Moody, K. W. 1970. Jingles with Patterns. Ibadan: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Laurie, S. S. 1884. John Amos Comenius. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Dakin Collection.

English Language, S. 1967. Journalism: Book 1. New York: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by Christiopher Brumfit.

96

English Language, S. 1967. Journalism: Book 2. New York: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by Christiopher Brumfit.

Emerson, R. O, J. Shephers, E. Brinton, W. Plumb, P. Davies and C. White. 1972. Junior Active Context English 1. Bangkok: Aksorn.


Emerson, R. O, J. Shephers, E. Brinton, W. Plumb, P. Davies and C. White. 1976. Junior Active Context English 2. Bangkok: Aksorn. * Dakin Collection. Notes:.

Emerson, R. O, J. Shephers, E. Brinton, W. Plumb, P. Davies and C. White. 1976. Junior Active Context English 2. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes:.


Emerson, R. O, J. Shephers, E. Brinton, W. Plumb, P. Davies and C. White. 1974. Junior Active Context English 3. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes:.

Emerson, R. O, J. Shephers, E. Brinton, W. Plumb, P. Davies and C. White. 1974. Junior Active Context English Workbook 1. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes:.

Emerson, R. O, J. Shephers, E. Brinton, W. Plumb, P. Davies and C. White. 1973. Junior Active Context English Workbook 2. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes:.

Simpson, H. C. and E. H. Wilson. 1952. A Junior Anthology of Poetry for Schools in South-East Asia. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Bright, J. A. 1954. Junior English Composition and Grammar Teacher's Handbook. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-3,

Bright, J. A. 1954. Junior English Composition and Grammar: Pupils' Book. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 9/2. Teacher's Handbook reviewed in ELT 9/2: p. 69.

Cooper, M. and M. Fox. 1978. Junior English Reading. Harlow: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

McCree, H. and M. Singh. 1972. Junior English Writing: A Secondary Composition Course. Book One. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

97

Kuffner, E, H. Zotter and K. Baschiera. 1954. A Junior Reader: Lehrgang der Englischen Sprache Part IV. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

Macmillan, E. 1976. Kaleidoscope: English for Juniors Stage 2. University of York. * Dakin Collection.



Macmillan, E. 1979. Kaleidoscope: Reader Stage 4. University of York. * Dakin Collection.

Hornby, A. S, E. C. Parnwell, Siswojo, Siswojo and D. K. 1977. Kamus Inggris-Indonesia Untuk Sekolah Menengah. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University Press. * Donated by A.P. Cowie.

Henderson, T. and R. D. Thomson. 1943. 'Keep Fit' Exercises in English. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd. * Dakin Collection.

Craigie, W. A. Kenslubok I Ensku (English Reading Made Easy) II. Reykjavik: Bokaverzlun Arsles Arnasonar. * Dakin Collection.

Craigie, W. A. Kenslubok I Ensku (English Reading Made Easy) III. Reykjavik: Bokaverzlun Arsles Arnasonar. * Dakin Collection.

O'Neill, R. and R. Kingsbury. 1974. Kernel Lessons Plus. A Post-Intermediate Course. Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

O'Neill, R, R. Kingsbury and T. Yeadon. 1971. Kernel Lessons. Intermediate- Tests. Students' Book. London: Longman.

O'Neill, R, R. Kingsbury and R. Scott. 1972. Kernel Lessons. Intermediate. Laboratory Drills. Tapescript. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

O'Neill, R, R. Kingsbury and T. Yeadon. 1971. Kernel Lessons. Intermediate. Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

O'Neill, R. 1973. Kernel Lessons. Plus. A Post-Intermediate Course. Students' Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

98

Higgins, M. and R. O'Neill. 1979. Kernel One Tapescript. London: Longman.

O'Neill, R. 1978. Kernel. Students' Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Haarer, A. E. and C. Y. Todd. 1957. Keti Na Kusoma: Kitabu cha Kwanza. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Mittins, W. H. 1966. Key to A Grammar of Modern English. London: Methuen. * Dakin Collection.

Spankie, G. M. 1977. Key to English in Use. Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Hobbs, J. 1976. Key to English: Book Four. London: Longmans. * .

English Language, S. 1964. The Key to English: Prepositions. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Mackenzie, M. D. M. 1974. Key to Introducing English Tenses. London: Evans.

Fitikides, T. J. 1955. Key Words for Easy Spelling. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Fremont, I. 1956. The King Who Loved Riddles and Other Stories. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Fowler, G. W. and F. G. Fowler. 1922. The King's English. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition

Lloyd James, A. 1932. King's English. London: Central Council for School Broadcasting. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: University Reader in Phonetics, School of Oriental Studies, London

Moon, A. R. and G. F. Golding. 1939. The King's English for Commercial Students. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 10/4, p. 226

Broughton, G. 1976. Know Your English: Red Level. Book A. London: Hutchinson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. 1976. Know Your English: Yellow Level. Book A. London: Hutchinson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Wachtler, K. 1959. Langenscheidts Praktishes Lehrbuch Englisch. Berlin:

99

Langenscheidt. * Dakin Collection.

Richard, P. M. and W. Hall. 1971. L'Anglais par la Litterature Classe de 1e. Paris: Hachette. * Dakin Collection.

Richard, P. M. and W. Hall. 1959. L'Anglais par L'Action Classe de 3-5. Paris: Hachette. * Dakin Collection.

Richard, P. M. and W. Hall. 1959. L'Anglais par L'illustration: Class de 3ieme. Paris: Hachette. * Dakin Collection.



Cherel, A. 1957. L'Anglais sans Peine. Paris: Assmil. * Dakin Collection.

Bloomfield, L. 1933. Language. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection.

Marland, M. 1977. Language Across the Curriculum. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Perren, G. E. and M. F. Holloway. 1965. Language and Communication in the Commonwealth. London: HMSO. * Donated by John Spencer. Notes: Publish under the auspices of the Commonwealth education Liaison Committee. Reviewed in ELT 21/1, p. 77

Brooks, N. 1960. Language and Language Learning: Theory and Practice. New York: Harcourt, Brace and World. * Donated by Peter Collier. Author Role: Yale University. Notes: '. Principally related to the learning and teaching of modern language in the US and concerned to establish principles of language teaching on modern linguistic and psychological theory. Includes chapters on Theory of Materials; Objectives of Language Courses; Methods and Materials; The Language Laboratory; Tests and Measurements. Much of considerable interest and value to teachers of English. Additional material on pattern practice and the making of tests has been incorporated in the second edition'. BC Biblio 1963. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-26. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 112.

The Schools Council/Institute of, E. 1975. Language and Learning in the Humanities: Papers from a Seminar with Humanities Teachers. London: The Schools Council. * Dakin Collection.

100

Marcel, C. 1853. Language as a Means of Mental Culture and International Communication; or, Manual of the Teacher and the Learner of Languages. London: Chapman and Hall, Volume 2. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 3).

Marcel, C. 1853. Language as a Means of Mental Culture and International Communication; or, Manual of the Teacher and the Learner of Languages. London: Chapman and Hall, Volume 1. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 2).

Author unknown. 1968. Language Development: Selected Papers from a Ford Foundation Conference on the State of the Art. New York: Notes:.

Wilkinson, A. and G. e. Hammond. 1979. Language for Learning. Exeter: Language in Education Centre. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Notes: 1st edition

Department of Education and, S. 1975. A Language for Life: Report of the Committee of Inquiry appointed by the Secretary fo State for Education and Science under the chairmanship of Sir Alan Bulllock. London: Her Majesty's Stationary Office. * Dakin Collection.

Dakin, J, B. Tiffen and H. G. Widdowson. 1968. Language in Education: The Problem in Commonwealth Africa and the Indo-Pakistan Sub-continent. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Barnes, D. 1973. Language in the Classroom. Bletchley: The Open University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Potter, S. 1960. Language in the Modern World. London: Penguin. * Dakin Collection.

Dakin, J. 1973. The Language Laboratory and Language Learning. London: Longman.

Stack, E. M. 1960. The Language Laboratory and Modern Language Teaching (Revised edition). London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Stack, E. M. 1969. The Language Laboratory and Modern Language Teaching (Third Edition). London: Oxford University Press. * Paperback also in CELTE. 'Comprehensive yet concise handbook on the organisation and use of the language laboratory for modern language teaching. Includes chapters on: construction of audio-lingual drills; types and patterns of drills; organisation, equipment and construction of langauge laboratories; administration; prcedues; objectives; tests. Refers principally to

101

American education; includes many pratical examples of work in teaching French, German and Spanish related to general principles of language teaching. Avoids unnecessary technicalities'. BC Biblio 1963. Dakin Collection. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-105 1960 edition

Hayes, A. S. 1968. Language Laboratory Facilities. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hayes, A. 1980. Language Laboratory Management: a Handbook for Teachers. London: The British Council. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Hodgson, F. M. 1961. Language Learning Material. London: Routledge. * Dakin Collection.

Heyworth, F. 1978. The Language of Discussion: Role Play Exercises for Advanced Students. London: Hodder and Stoughton. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Kench, A. B. 1972. The Language of English Business Letters: Commercial Correspondence for Foreign Students of English. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Mackey, W. F. 1965. Language Teaching Analysis. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 24/3, p. 289

Kinsella, V. e. 1978. Language Teaching and Linguistics: Surveys. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Lee, W. R. 1965. Language Teaching Games and Contests. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Cornelius, E. T, Jr. 1953. Language Teaching: A Guide for Teachers of Foreign Languages. New York: Cromwell. * Donated by Peter Collier Dakin Collection. Notes: Author Role: Consultant on English Teaching, United States Information Agency

Lado, R. 1964. Language Teaching: A Scientific Approach. New York: McGraw-Hill. * CELTE. 'Concise and comprehensive introduction to the theiry and practice of langauge teaching, which gives full consideration to recent developments in psycholoy, linguistics and technological aids. Examples chosen from England, French, Spanish and German illustrate the procedure recommended. Contains much practical advice to the classroom teacher on the conduct of lessons and the preparation of teaching material. Includes sections on language testing, the lnaguage laboratory, visual aids and programmed learning. ' (BC Biblio 1965) Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 114

Davies, A. 1968. Language Testing Symposium: A Psycholinguistic Approach.

102

London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Lado, R. 1961. Language Testing: The Construction and Use of Foreign Language Tests. London: Longmans, Green. * Donated by Thelma Henderson.

Oller, J. W. 1979. Language Tests at School: A Pragmatic Approach. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Central Institute of English, H. 1967. Language through Literature: A Book of Literature for Language Learning. Madras: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Unknown. 1958. Language Unseen. Jerusalem: Achiasaf. * Dakin Collection.

Barnes, D, J. Britton and H. Rosen. 1969. Language, the Learner and the School. Victoria, Australia: Penguin. * Dakin Collection.

Ministry of, E. 1954. Language: Some Suggestions for Teachers of English and Others in Primary and Seconday Schools and in Further Education. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Service. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Ministry of Education Pamphlet No. 26. 'Although mostly concerned with the teaching of English as a mother tongue, contains chapters on: Language, thought and culture; Language in the world of today; and The English Language Abroad, which are relevant to the teaching of English as a second language'. BC Biblio 1963. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-35

Stern, H. H. e. 1969. Languages and the Young Child. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Cheeseman, H. R. and M. N. Mohamed. 1952. Latehan Bahasa Melayu Bahagian 3: A Malay Course for Non-Malay Pupils. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Cheeseman, H. R. and M. N. Mohamed. 1953. Latehan Bahasa Melayu Bahagian 4: A Malay Course for Non-Malay Pupils. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Fischerström, N. 1955. Latta Engelska Stilar. Malmo: Gleerups. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Ministere de L'Education, N. 1954. Le Français Fondamental précédemment Français élémentaire. Paris: Publication de l'Institut Pedagogique National. * Dakin Collection.

Passy, P. 1887. Le phonétisme au congrès philologique de Stockholm en 1886. Rapport présenté au ministre de l’instruction publique. Paris: Delagrave & Hachette. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language

103

Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 2)

Ekwensi, C. O. D. 1950. The Leopard's Claw. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Bolitho, A. R. 1977. Learn English for Science London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Bolitho, A. R. 1977. Learn English for Science 1: Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Lewis, M. B. 1954. Learn to Talk Malay. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Scott, C. 1977. A Learner's First Dictionary. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Diack, H. 1956. Learning and Teaching English Grammar: Teacher's Book to How Word Works. London: Chatto & Windus. * Dakin Collection.

Cayari, R. M, D. T. Dungo, E. G. Pinga and A. A. San Juan. 1962. Learning English as a Second Language Grade 6. Quezon City: Phoenix. * Dakin Collection.

Miller, J. M. 1958. Learning English Book One. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-5, Teaching Notes to Books 1-2 and 3-4, Flashcards for Books 1-2 Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 149; Books 1-3, Teaching Notes to Books 1-2 in Dakin Collection.

Miller, J. M. 1959. Learning English Teaching Notes to Books 1 and 2 London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-5, Teaching Notes to Books 1-2 and 3-4, Flashcards for Books 1-2 Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 149; Books 1-3, Teaching Notes to Books 1-2 in Dakin Collection.

Morgan, J. and M. Rinvolucri. 1980. Learning English Words: Cross-Level Vocabulary Activities for the EFL Classroom. Canterbury: Pilgrims Publications. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Beilhardt, K, W. Piert and H.-J. Lechler. Learning English, Ausgabe B. Stuttgart: Ernst Klett. * Dakin Collection.

Monks, B. G. M. and D. I. Luard. 1953. Learning English: Elementary Grammar and Exercises for Beginners in the Study of the Language. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/1, p. 32. 1956 reprint. London: Macmillan. [Hong Kong background].

Heliel, M. and T. McArthur. 1974. Learning Rhythm and Stress. London: Collins. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

104

Thompson, L. 1978. Learning to Pronounce English: Student's Book. London: Evans * Dakin Collection.

Thompson, L. 1978. Learning to Pronounce English: Teacher's Book. London: Evans * Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1955. Learning to Read a Foreign Language and Other Essays on Language-Teaching. London: Longmans. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: . 'Collection of practical articles contaiing the title essay first issued in 1926; The selection and counting of words and items in the teaching speech; Catenising; 'Simplified and abridged' on the technique of supplementary reader; Reading aloud and silent reading; How much English grammar? Examinations in a foreign language'. BC Biblio 1963 Reviewed in ELT 10/3, p. 39. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-64.

Whitcut, J. 1979. Learning with LDOCE. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Torres, J. O. Lecciones de Ingles para toda la Juventud Ecuatoriana. Place Unknown: Adecuado al Ambiente Ecuatoriano. * Dakin Collection.

Laurie, S. S. 1893. Lectures on Language and Linguistic Method in the School. Edinburgh: James Thin. * 2nd edition. Belonged to R Mackin.

Laurie, S. S. 1899. Lectures on Language and Linguistic Method in the School. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd. * 3rd edition

Pim, P. and B. Ball. 1957. Lehrerheft zum Englischen Lehrbuch Part 2. Berlin: Cornelsen Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Novion, F. 1940. Les Mots Anglais et les locutions anglaises. Paris: Librairie Hachette. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

Sutherland, R. and C. G. Cappon. 1963. L'Esprit de la Langue Anglaise. Toronto: W.J.Gage. * Dakin Collection.

Eckersley, C. E. and P. Courant. 1954. L'Essentiel de L'Anglais pour les etudiants de langue Francaise. Essential English for French Speaking Students: An Introductory Course. Paris: Didier. * Donated by John Eckersley.

The Research Staff of the English Language, I. 1956. Lessons in Vocabulary: Thirty-Four Lesons from An Intensive Course in English. [Ann Arbor, Michigan]: English Language Institute, University of Michigan. * Dakin Collection.

Nesset, Kare, E. Slaatto and C. Knap. 1958. Let us Speak English. Oslo: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

105

Lockwood, J. 1981. Let's Discuss It. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Unknown. 1979. Let's Go for English: Finding the Way: Grade Four. Pupils' Book Three. Salisbury: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Author unknown. 1979. Let's Go for English: The Railway Line: Grade Four. Pupils' Book One. Salisbury: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Wright, A. L, R. P. Barrett and W. B. Van Syoc. 1968. Let's Learn English Intermediate Course (Complete). New York: American Book Company. * Dakin Collection.

McClintock, J. and B. Stern. 1980. Let's Listen: Teachers' Book. London: Heinemann Educational Books. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Booth, A. and T. Hashimoto. 1977. Let's See Europe. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Ripman, C. and W. Ripman. 1938. Let's Talk English. London: Dent. * Dakin Collection.

Banjo, A. 1973. Letter Writing. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Hill, L. A. 1963. Letter Writing for Students of English. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 196

Scharer, G. 1977. Letter Writing for the School Certificate Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Reid, J. and M. Donaldson. 1979. Letter-Links: Teachers' Resource Book Edinburgh: Holmes McDougall. * Dakin Collection.

Reid, J. and M. Donaldson. 1979. Letter-Links: Teachers' Resource Book 2. Edinburgh: Holmes McDougall. * Dakin Collection.

Gultard-Renault, L. e. I. 1967. L'explication anglaise dans les classes terminales. Paris: Fernand Nathan.

McGillivray, J. H. 1952. Life with the Taylors: Conversational Narrative and Exercises in American English. New York: American Book Company. * Dakin Collection.

Evans, I. and et al. 1959. Linguaphone English Course. London: Linguaphone

106

Institute. * Dakin Collection.

Halliday, M. A. K, A. McIntosh and P. Strevens. 1964. The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. London: Longmans. * 'In two parts The Linguistic sciences and the linguistic in relation to language teaching and language learning this book provides first and outline of linguistic and phonetic theory and their interrelaton, with speical reference to the work of British linguistics. The second part discusses their application to language teaching, with special reference to the teaching of English as a second language. Assumes no prior knowledge of linguistics and phonetics by the reader. ' BC Biblio 1965. Donated by John Spencer, Reviewed in ELT 21/1, p. 73. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 110

Palmer, F. R. 1965. A Linguistic Study of the English Verb. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Catford, J. C. 1965. A Linguistic Theory of Translation London Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Lado, R. 1957. Linguistics Across Cultures: Applied Linguistics for Language Teachers. Ann Arbor, Michigan: The University of Michigan Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Girard, D. 1972. Linguistics and Foreign Language Teaching. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Enkvist, N. E, J. Spencer and M. Gregory, J. 1964. Linguistics and Style. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Wilkins, D. A. 1972. Linguistics in Language Teaching. London: Arnold. * Donated by Liza Sandell. Two copies held: softback and hardback.

Wilkins, D. A. 1972. Linguistics in Language Teaching. London: Arnold. * Donated by Liza Sandell. Two copies held: softback and hardback.

Ferguson, K. 1973. Listen and Choose. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Australian Broadcasting, C. Listen and Learn for Preparatory Class, Term 1. Papua New Guinea: Department of Education. * Dakin Collection.



107

Plaut, J. 1963. Listen and Speak: A Natural Way to English Volume One. Madrid: Mangold. * Dakin Collection.

Bbc. 1950. Listen and Speak: Cours D'Anglais pour les Debutants. London: BBC. * Dakin Collection.

Underwood, M. 1971. Listen to This! London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 36/3.

Underwood, M. 1975. Listen to This! London: Oxford University Press. * 2nd edition

Notes: Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 30/2, p. 174.

Underwood, M. and P. Barr. 1980. Listeners: Choosing a Job, Unusual Occupations. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Underwood, M. and P. Barr. 1980. Listeners: Getting About, Money. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Underwood, M. and P. Barr. 1980. Listeners: Homes and Houses, Shopping. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Underwood, M. and P. Barr. 1980. Listeners: Jobs Around the House, Eating. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Underwood, M. and P. Barr. 1980. Listeners: Manual Work, Office Work. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Underwood, M. and P. Barr. 1980. Listeners: Professions, Unsocial Hours. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Martin, M. H. C. 1970. Listening and Comprehension. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Ferguson, N. and M. O'Reilly. 1977. Listening and Note-Taking. [Geneva]: Centre for the Experimentation and Evaluation of Language Learning Techniques. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Byrne, D. 1973. Listening Comprehension 3: Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

James, K, R. R. Jordan and A. J. Matthews. 1979. Listening Comprehension and

108

Note-Taking Course. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection.

Walsh, G. and D. Byrne. 1973. Listening Comprehension- Pronunciation Practice Teacher's Book 1. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Templer, J. C. 1971. Listening Comprehension Tests: Students' Book. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

James, G, C. G. Whiteley and S. Bode. 1980. Listening in & Speaking Out. New York: Longmans. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Geddes, M. and G. Sturtridge. 1979. Listening Links. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 36/3, Reviewed in ELT 35/3, p. 358.

Geddes, M. and G. Sturtridge. 1979. Listening Links: Teachers' Book. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Gore, L. 1979. Listening to Maggie. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 36/3.

Gore, L. 1979. Listening to Maggie: Work Book. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 36/3.

Brown, G. 1977. Listening to Spoken English. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

1979. Literary Pearls. Bangalore: Government of Karnataka. * Dakin Collection.

Pearce, R. 1977. Literary Texts: The Application of Linguistic Theory to Literary Discourse. Birmingham: English Language Research, Birmingham University.

Author unknown. 1956. Little Readers for Beginners Step 1: Anne's Doll. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1956. Little Readers for Beginners Step 1: Ben Chong's Kite. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1956. Little Readers for Beginners Step 1: Mat and Asiah. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1956. Little Readers for Beginners Step 1: Muthusamy's New Clothes. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Alcott, L. 1957. Little Women. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

109

Notes: Reviewed in ELT 12/4, p. 162. Reviewed in ELT 5/4, p. 111. Simplified by Michael West and E.P. Hart. Retold by Josephine Page.

Thornley, G. C. 1958. A Little Work, A Little Play. London: Longmans. Dakin Collection). Series. Notes: (Volume ID: 3

Allen, W. R. and T. K. Stephens. 1952. Living English Book 1. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.





Allen, W. R. and T. K. Stephens. 1952. Living English Book: Teacher's Book. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Bamberger, I. D. and R. M. Regberg. 1958. Living English for One and All Book 1. Tel Aviv: Shem. * Dakin Collection.

Bamberger, I. D. and R. M. Regberg. 1958. Living English for One and All Book 2. Tel Aviv: Shem. * Dakin Collection.

Bamberger, I. D. and R. M. Regberg. 1959. Living English for One and All Book 3. Tel Aviv: Yavneh. * Dakin Collection.

Allen, W. S. and R. Cooke. 1961. Living English for the Arab World: Pupils' Book One. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two variations on the cover, hence two copies held. Book, Teacher's Book 1. Teachers Books 1, 2, 3, and A Practice Reader. Dated according to source for Pupils' Books. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-42.

Allen, W. S. and R. Cooke. 1961. Living English for the Arab World: Pupils' Book Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two variations on the cover, hence two copies held. Book, Teacher's Book 1. Teachers Books 1, 2, 3, and A Practice Reader. Dated according to source for Pupils' Books. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-42.

Allen, W. S. and R. Cooke. 1963. Living English for the Arab World: Teacher's Book

110

Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Book, Teacher's Book 1. Teachers Books 1, 2, 3, and A Practice Reader. Dated according to source for Pupils' Books. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-42.

Allen, W. S. and R. Cooke. 1967. Living English Handwriting: Book 2. London: Longmans. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Allen, W. S. 1971. Living English Secondary Course for the Arab World Pupils' Book 1. London: Longman. * . Notes: National Library of Scotland (Book 3), Trinity College Dublin (Book 1) , British Library (COPAC)

Allen, W. S. 1970. Living English Secondary Course for the Arab World Pupils' Book 2. London: Longman. * National Library of Scotland (Book 3), Trinity College Dublin (Book 1) , British Library (COPAC)

Allen, W. S. 1972. Living English Secondary Course for the Arab World: Pupils' Book 4. London: Longman. * CELTE, National Library of Scotland (Book 3), Trinity College Dublin (Book 1) , British Library (COPAC)

Allen, W. S. 1954. Living English Speech: Stress and Intonation Practice for the Foreign Student. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 1965 edition in Manchester; Sheffield; Liverpool (COPAC)

Allen, W. S. 1965. Living English Speech: Stress and Intonation Practice for the Foreign Student. London: Longmans Green. * 2nd edition. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 9/1, p. 35. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-68 1st Edition . Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Allen, W. S. 1958. Living English Structure for Schools. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 13/2, p. 84. Oxford, Sheffield (COPAC). Key to the Exercises in Trinity College Dublin (COPAC)

Allen, W. S. 1965. Living English Structure for Schools: Key to the Exercises. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Allen, W. S. 1955. Living English Structure: A Practice Book for Foreign Students and Key. London: Longmans. * 3rd edition

Notes: 1st edition published in 1947. British Library, Edinburgh, Leeds, Oxford (COPAC). 1974 edition in Dakin Collection.

Allen, W. S. 1959. Living English Structure: A Practice Book for Foreign Students; hardback. London: Longman. * softback and hardback editions held in the archive. Key to the Exercises in Trinity College Dublin. 5th edition and key to edition1974 in

111

British Library, National Library of Scotland, Aberdeen ; Birmingham ; Edinburgh ; Oxford (COPAC). Reviewed in ELT 2/3, p. 83. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-47

Allen, W. S. 1959. Living English Structure: A Practice Book for Foreign Students; softback. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Keith Mitchell. Notes: softback and hardback editions held in the archive. Key to the Exercises in Trinity College Dublin. 5th edition and key to edition1974 in British Library, National Library of Scotland, Aberdeen ; Birmingham ; Edinburgh ; Oxford (COPAC). Reviewed in ELT 2/3, p. 83. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-47

Allen, W. S. 1959. Living English Structure: Key to Exercises. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Harrison, B. 1972. Living in England. Cheltenham: European Schoolbooks. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Brazier, D. and Others. 1965. Living Together. Oxford: Pergamon Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Book 1-10. For classes containing immigrant children in Britain. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 220 Books 1-4 in Dakin Collection.

McColvin, E. 1946. London. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Correction copy.

Hughes, M. V. 1950. A London Family Chronicle. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Frisby, A. W. 1965. Longman Pocket English Dictionary: A First Learning Dictionary. Harlow: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 1975 edition in Oxford, Trinity College Dublin (COPAC)

Frisby, A. W. 1968. Longmans' First English Dictionary. Harlow: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Trinity College, Dublin (COPAC)

Wilson, J. 1972. Look Again at English: A Revision Course for Intermediate Learners. Book One. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection.

Wilson, J. and K. Cripwell. 1974. Look Again at English: A Revision Course for Intermediate Learners. Book Three. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection.

Wilson, J. and K. Cripwell. 1973. Look Again at English: A Revision Course for Intermediate Learners. Book Two. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1969. Look, Listen and Learn Pupil's Book 2. Harlow: Longman.

112

Alexander, L. G. 1970. Look, Listen and Learn Pupil's Book 3. Harlow: Longman.

Alexander, L. G. 1971. Look, Listen and Learn Pupils' Book 4. Harlow: Longman.

Alexander, L. G. 1968. Look, Listen and Learn Teacher's Book 1. Harlow: Longman.



Alexander, L. G. 1968. Look, Listen and Learn: Initial Workbook. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1968. Look, Listen and Learn: Pupils' Book 1. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1969. Look, Listen and Learn: Workbook 1. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Boothman, D. B, J. Ainsworth, J. Crook, B. Greenland, E. Knight, E. R. Smith and A. J. Yates. 1969. Looking Around. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Blackmore, R. D. 1948. Lorna Doone. London: Longman. * Donated by Adam West. Notes: Simplified by Michael West.

Dodd, E. F. 1955. Lorna Doone. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Wear, G. F. 1939. Lost in Sinai. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Taylor, J. and T. Ingleby. 1963. A Lot of Things in the Garden. London: Oliver & Boyd. * Dakin Collection.

Taylor, J. and T. Ingleby. 1963. A Lot of Things in the Toy-Cupboard. London: Oliver & Boyd. * Dakin Collection.

Stone, L. 1969. Lower Cambridge English Exercises. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Flood, W. E. 1949. Machines and Engines. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Cripwell, K, E. E. Emenyonu and W. I. I. Tonade. 1979. Macmillan Junior Secondary English: Pupil's Book 1. YabaLagos: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

113

Cripwell, K, E. N. Emenyonu and I. O. Tonade. 1979. Macmillan Junior Secondary English: Teacher's Book 1. YabaLagos: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Cripwell, K, E. N. Emenyonu and I. O. Tonade. 1979. Macmillan Junior Secondary English: Workbook 1. YabaLagos: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Macmillan, B. 1954. Macmillan's New Modern English Readers Primer. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Macmillan, B. 1951. Macmillan's New Modern English Readers: Reader II. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Macmillan, B. 1956. Macmillan's New Modern English Readers: Reader III. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Macmillan, B. 1951. Macmillan's New Modern English Readers: Reader IV. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

McAlpin, J. 1980. The Magazine Picture Library. London: Allen & Unwin. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 35/4, p. 461.

Alexander, L. G. 1978. Mainline Beginners A (Student's Book). London: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two related books held ; 1) Mainline Beginners A (Student's Book): Part One: Understanding and Speaking (1977) and 2) Mainline Beginners A (Student's Book) -also including a Grammar and Writing Section and a Reader Section.

Alexander, L. G. 1978. Mainline Beginners A (Student's Book): Part One: Understanding and Speaking. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two related books held ; 1) Mainline Beginners A (Student's Book): Part One: Understanding and Speaking (1977) and 2) Mainline Beginners A (Student's Book) -also including a Grammar and Writing Section and a Reader Section.

Alexander, L. G. 1979. Mainline Beginners B (Student's Book). London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1979. Mainline Beginners B (Teacher's Book). London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1973. Mainline Progress A : Students' Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two editions (1973 and 1980) held

Alexander, L. G. 1980. Mainline Progress A : Students' Book. London: Longman. * second edition. Notes: Two editions (1973 and 1980) held Dakin Collection.

114

Alexander, L. G. 1974. Mainline Progress A and B; Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1973. Mainline Progress B : Students' Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G, R. H. Kingsbury and M. C. Vincent. 1975. Mainline Skills A Student's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Jan Whetstone.

Alexander, L. G. and Kingsbury. 1975. Mainline Skills A: Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. and R. H. Kingsbury. 1976. Mainline Skills B Student's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Jan Whetstone.

Vincent, M. C. and L. G. Alexander. 1975. Make Your Point. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Howatt, A. Making Progress: A Functional Approach to Assessing Progress in Adult Literacy (Student Diary). SCALA. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A. Making Progress: A Functional Approach to Assessing Progress in Adult Literacy (User's Manual). SCALA. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1938. Malayan Speech Course: Part One London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1938. Malayan Speech Course: Part Three. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1938. Malayan Speech Course: Part Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1938. Malayan Speech Readers Part I-III. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Jorrin, L. S. Manual del Maestro de Ingles can comentarios al Libro Preparatorio de Ingles. Habana: Cultural, SA. * Dakin Collection.

Laubach, F. C. 1946. Manual for Teaching Streamlined English to Foreign Speaking Peoples. New York: Committee on World Literacy and Christian Literature. * Dakin Collection.

115

Blackstone, B. 1954. A Manual of Advanced English for Foreign Students. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 9/3: p. 106. Reviewed in OE 27/2, p. 83. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-48

Prator, C. H. 1957. Manual of American English Pronunciation. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. * Donated by John Spencer. 2nd edition

Marshall, E. C. S. E. 1936. A Manual of English for Foreign Students. London: Hachette. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Parkinson, J. 1976. A Manual of English for the Overseas Doctor. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. 2nd edition

Lorenzo, A. M. 1969. Market Reports: How to Read Them and Write Them. Allahabad: Kitab Mahal. * Dakin Collection.

Page, F. 1953. Mary Garth adapted from Middlemarch by George Eliot. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hayden, R. E, D. W. Pilgrim and A. Q. Haggard. 1956. Mastering American English: A Handbook-Workbook of Essentials. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. * Dakin Collection.

Ridout, R. and D. Foulds. 1972. Mastering English: A Secondary School Course for Hong Kong Workbook One. Hong Kong: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Prendergast, T. 1864. The Mastery of Languages; or, the Art of Speaking Foreign Tongues Idiomatically. London: Bentley. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 4).

Prendergast, T. 1868. The Mastery Series. French. London: Longmans, Green. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 4).

Byrne, D. 1978. Materials for Language Teaching 3. London: Modern English Publications. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

British, C. 1978. Materials for Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages. London: The British Council. * (Ed.)

The Centre for British, T. 1977. A Matter of Opinion: Discussion Material for Intermediate Level. London: CBT. * Dakin Collection.

116

Dunlop, I. and H. Schrand. 1980. Matters of Moment: Materials for Reading Comprehension and Discussion in English. Oxford: Pergamon Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Leech, G. N. 1971. Meaning and the English Verb. London. * Donated by Janelle Cooper. Longman

Chafe, W. L. 1970. Meaning and the Structure of Language. Chicago: University of Chicago. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Ogden, C. K. and I. A. Richards. 1949. The Meaning of Meaning: A Study of the Influence of Language upon Thought and of the Science of Symbolism. London: Routledge. * Donated by John Spencer.

Clements, P. M. 1959. Meet Ibrahim, Ah Wah and Nadarajah Reader 1, 2, 3. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

French, F. G, L. William and E. C. Parnwell. 1937. The Melita English Grammar Book II. Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Colier. Reviewed in OE 9/3, p. 97 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Faucett, L, E. C. Parnwelll and F. G. French. 1936. The Melita English Grammar: Book One. London: Oxford University Press. Notes: Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: 2nd edition

French, F. G. 1937. The Melita English Grammar: Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Palmer, H. E. 1924. Memorandum on Problems of English Teaching in the Light of a New Theory. Toky: IRET. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 2)

Alford, M. H. T. 1965. A Memory-Based Method of Learning to Read Foreign Languages. Tewkesbury, England: Unknown. * Dakin Collection.

Baquero, L. 1952. Method of English for Spanish-Speaking Students. Quito: Ecuador. * Dakin Collection.

Brebner, M. 1898. The Method of Teaching Modern Languages in Germany. London: Clay. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 3)

Berlitz, W. D. and G. Dubois. 1887. Methode Berlitz, Erster Teil: Fur den Deutschen

117

Unterricht in den Berlitzchen. Bohon: Karl Edoenhof.

Berlitz, W. D. and G. Dubois. 1889. Methode Berlitz. (French). 2eme Livre. Bohon: Karl Edoenhof.

Berlitz, W. D. and G. Dubois. 1889. Methode Berlitz. (French). Premier Livre. Bohon: Karl Edoenhof.

Marcel, C. u. p. M. A. M. 1833. Méthode Marcellienne, ou méthode naturelle théorisée. London: The Author. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 2).

Marcel, C. 1875. Méthode rationelle, suivant pas à pas la marche de la nature pour apprendre les langues étrangères avec ou sans maître. Exposé de la méthode. Paris: Boyer. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 3).

British, C. 1977. Methodology of Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages. London: The British Council. * (ed.)

Stoddart, J. 1979. Microteaching: Current Practice in Britain with special reference to ESOL. London: Institute of Education, University of London. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

East-Pakistan School Textbook, B. 1967. Middle Stage English Book 2. Dacca: East-Pakistan School Textbook Board. * Dakin Collection.

Wyndham, J. 1971. The Midwich Cuckoos. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Eliot, G. 1962. The Mill on the Floss. London: Longmans. * Donated by Adam West. 2nd edition

Maley, A, A. Duff and F. Grellet. 1980. The Mind's Eye. Using Pictures Creatively in Language Teaching. Teacher's Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Maley, A, A. Duff and F. Grellet. 1980. The Mind's Eye: Using Pictures Creatively in Language Teaching. Student's Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Johnson, F. C. 1964. Minenda Language Drills Standard III: Teacher's Book. Brisbane: Jacaranda Press. * Dakin Collection.

118

Johnson, F. C. 1967. Minenda Language Drills Standard V: Teacher's Book. Brisbane: Jacaranda Press. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, F. C. and D. S. Stokes. 1968. Minenda Reading Exercises Standard IV Second Term: Pupil's Book. Brisbane: Jacaranda Press. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, F. C. and S. J. Frances. 1970. Minenda: Teacher's Book for Reader I. Brisbane: Jacaranda Press. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, F. C. and S. J. Frances. 1964. Minenda: Teacher's Book for Readers D,E,F. Brisbane: Jacaranda Press. * Dakin Collection.

Passy, P. and D. Jones. 1914. Miscellanea Phonetica. London: Association Phonetique Internationale. * Dakin Collection.

Magula, B. 1977. Mma-Tschenolo and the School Teacher. Cape Town: Oxford University Press.

Taylor, C. 1973. Modern Adventures. London: Longman.

King, H. V. 1961. Modern American English Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-6

King, H. V. 1963. Modern American English Book 2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-6

Finch, J. 1971. Modern Comprehension Practice in English. London: Hamish Hamilton. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Howatt, A, J. Webb and M. Knight. 1967. A Modern Course in Business English. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A, J. Webb and M. Knight. 1967. A Modern Course in Business English: Book 3. Programmed Units. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. .

Howatt, A, J. Webb and M. Knight. 1967. A Modern Course in Business English: Book 3. Programmed Units. Stockholm: Folkuniversitetets Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A, J. Webb and M. Knight. 1967. A Modern Course in Business English: Classbook. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A, J. Webb and M. Knight. 1976. A Modern Course in Business English:

119

Course Manual. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Howatt, A, J. Webb and M. Knight. 1976. A Modern Course in Business English: New Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Language Programmes Development, C. 1971. A Modern English Course Book 1. Munich: Hueber. * Donated by Jan Whetstone.

Eckersley, C. E. 1935. A Modern English Course for Foreign Students: An Intermediate Book. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Parry, J. and J. Dunhill. 1959. Modern English for Malayans. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Readers 1-9, Teacher's Books 1-6, Workbooks 1-6. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-34 Reader 1-9, Teacher's Book 2-6 in Dakin Collection.

Parry, J. and J. Dunhill. 1961. Modern English for Malayans: Teacher's Book Five. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reader 1-9, Teacher's Book 2-6 in CELTE Dakin Collection. Readers 1-9, Teacher's Books 1-6, Workbooks 1-6. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-34

Parry, J. and J. Dunhill. 1961. Modern English for Malayans: Teacher's Book Four. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reader 1-9, Teacher's Book 2-6 in CELTE Dakin Collection. Readers 1-9, Teacher's Books 1-6, Workbooks 1-6. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-34

Parry, J. and J. Dunhill. 1961. Modern English for Malayans: Teacher's Book Six. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reader 1-9, Teacher's Book 2-6 in CELTE Dakin Collection. Readers 1-9, Teacher's Books 1-6, Workbooks 1-6. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-34

Parry, J. and J. Dunhill. 1960. Modern English for Malayans: Teacher's Book Three. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reader 1-9, Teacher's Book 2-6 in CELTE Dakin Collection. Readers 1-9, Teacher's Books 1-6, Workbooks 1-6. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-34

Parry, J. and J. Dunhill. 1960. Modern English for Malayans: Teacher's Book Two. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reader 1-9, Teacher's Book 2-6 in CELTE Dakin Collection. Readers 1-9, Teacher's Books 1-6, Workbooks 1-6. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-34

Aasland, A. A, M. Walton and J. Clarke. 1968. Modern English for Young People Book 5. Oslo: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

120

Schibsbye, K. 1965. A Modern English Grammar. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Serpa, O. Modern English Grammar. Rio de Janeiro: Livraria Francisco Alves. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Stone, L. 1972. Modern English Idioms: With Exercises. London: Evans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Clarke, D. W. and M. D. M. Mackenzie. 1957. Modern English Practice: Exercises in English for Foreign Students. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-7.

Oliveira, M. M. T. D. 1950. A Modern English Reader Book 1: 3rd edition Form and Book 3: 5th Form. Lisbon: Ministerio da Educaca Nacional. * Dakin Collection.

Paull, E. L. and E. Schaap. 1951. A Modern English Reader with English, French and German Annotations. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Ridout, R. and S. Mason. 1968. Modern English Structures 1. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.




Onions, C. T. and B. D. H. Miller. 1971. Modern English Syntax. London: Routledge. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

Osman, N. 1964. Modern English: A Self Tutor or Class Text for Foreign Students. London: Oxford University Press. * Original Pub Date: 1959

Notes: Reviewed in ELT 14/4, p. 186 Mentioned as published by Angus and Robertson in Sydney in 1959. Reviewed in OE 32/1, p. 87. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 162. Donated by Peter Collier Dakin Collection.

Rutherford, W. E. 1968. Modern English: A Textbook for Foreign Students. New York: Harcourt. * Dakin Collection.

121

Hutchinson, J. C. 1963. Modern Foreign Languages in High School: The Language Laboratory. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Johnson, A. 1951. Modern Language Books: Companion to Modern Reader 2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.



Stern, H. H. 1968. A Modern Language Center: Scope, Activities and Plans. Ontario: The Ontario Institute for Studies in Education. * Dakin Collection.

Hickel, R. and C.-O. Council for Cultural. 1965. Modern Language Teaching by Television: A Survey based on the Principal Experiments carried out in Western Europe. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Series Volume ID: 4

Jalling, H. e. 1968. Modern Language Teaching: Papers from the 9th F.P.L.V. Congress. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Valette, R. M. 1967. Modern Language Testing: A Handbook. New York: Harcourt. * Dakin Collection.

Ministry of, E. 1956. Modern Languages. London: Her Majesty's Stationary Office. * Dakin Collection.

Grieve, D. W, J. B. P. Allen and I. Pearson. 1970. Modern Method English Book 1. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Grieve, D. W, J. B. P. Allen and I. Pearson. 1970. Modern Method English Book 2. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Mohindra, H. 1971. Modern Method English Book 3. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Cochran, A. 1954. Modern Methods of Teaching English as a Foreign Language: A Guide to Modern Materials, with Particular Reference to the Far East. Washington, D.C.: Educational Services. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-43, 'Concise survey of materials and methods suitable for teaching English in the Far East. Simply presented sections on objectives, methods, books and programmes. Although originally published in 1952, still contains much of value to

122

teachers of Chinese speaking students'. ((BC Biblio 1963))

Johnson, A. 1951. Modern Readers. Reader Five. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, A. 1950. Modern Readers. Reader Four. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, A. 1953. Modern Readers. Reader One. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, A. 1949. Modern Readers. Reader Three. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Johnson, A. 1953. Modern Readers. Reader Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Taylor, P. J. W. E. 1968. Modern Short Stories for Students of English. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Milne, B. L. 1957. Modern Speech Rhythm Exercises. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-2 noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-81 Book II in Dakin Collection.

Schwarz, J. 1946. Moderni Knversacni Ucebnice: Anglictiny prozacateciky i Pokrocile. Praha: Orbis. * Dakin Collection.

Moore, H. E. 1925. Modernism in Language Teaching. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Modern Language Master, Isleworth County School

Palmer, D. 1938. The Mollusc: A Comedy in Three Acts, by H.H. Davies. Cambridge: Heffer and Sons. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1956. The Moonstone. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Wyatt, H. G. 1951. More Stories from Shakespeare. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1956. More Tales from Tagore. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Wear, G. F. 1946. More Tales of Crime and Detection. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Walpole, H. 1964. Mr Perrin and Mr Trail. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

123

Musson, M. 1953. Mr Spider and his Friends. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Eynon, J. 1970. Multiple Choice Questions in English: Twenty-Five Test Passages with Questions and Answers on Comprehension, Vocabulary and Grammar Suitable for Students Preparing for the Cambridge Lower Certificate in English and Other Examinations of a Similar Standard. London: Hamish Hamilton. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Reviewed in ELT 25/2, p. 201.

Urling-Smith, F. M. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Mungo Park in Africa. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Same volume appears as a title in the Oxford English Course, Supplementary Readers.

Wear, G. F. 1948. The Murder of Roger Ackroyd by Agatha Christie. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Chari, A. 1960. My English Course. Bombay: Orient Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Norberto, A. 1945. My English Teacher First Book. Bogota: Libreria Stella. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Norberto, A. 1945. My English Teacher Second Book. Bogota: Libreria Stella. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Lee, W. R. 1970. My First English Writing-Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Schurmann, P. F. and H. W. Jones. 1955. My First English Book. Montevideo: Talleres. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 3rd edition

Lee, W. R. 1970. My First English Reading-Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Schurmann, P. F. and H. W. Jones. 1954. My Second English Book. Montevideo: Talleres. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition

Lee, W. R. 1971. My Second English Reading-Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Lee, W. R. 1971. My Second English Writing-Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Association of Recognised English Language, S. 1978. National Survey of Initial and

124

In-Service Training in the Teaching of English as a Foreign Language. Report of the Teacher Training Committee, Circulated for Discussion. London: ARELS. * Donated by John Eckersley.

British, C. 1980. National Syllabuses. London: The British Council. * Donated by Christiopher Brumfit. Notes: (Ed.)

Cunningham, W. T. 1977. The Nelson Contemporary English Dictionary. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Fowler, W. S. C. N. 1976. Nelson English Language Tests: Book 2 Intermediate. Surrey: Nelson.

Fowler, W. S. C. N. 1976. Nelson English Language Tests: Book 3 Advanced. Middlesex: Nelson.

Gelhard, J. 1951. Neue Sprachlehre des Englischen. Wiesbaden: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Everson, M. 1946. New and Far Reader 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in OE 18/3, p. 531

Pollman, F. and C. Scott. 1976. New Basic Dictionary. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Etherton, A. R. B. 1966. A New Certificate Comprehension Course. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Moechtar, Z. 1954. New Elementary English. Jakarta: Penerbit Fasco. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. and J. Wilson. 1955. New English Course. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Author Role: (Eds.). Notes: Reviewed in OE 25/2, p. 131. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-26 Beginning English in West Africa: A Teacher's Handbook, 1956, 8 Wall pictures From Pictures to Reading: Book and Teacher's Book Stage 1: Readers 1A, 1B: New edition, 1959, Teacher's Book, 3rd edition 1959 Stages 2-5: Reader, Grammar and Composition for reader, and Teacher's Book for each stage. Stage 2 Teachers' Book in Dakin Collection.

Ahmed, R, K. Al-Khazraji and K. Al-Hamash. 1976. The New English Course for Iraq Book 4. Iraq: Ministry of Education. * Dakin Collection.

Ahmed, R, K. S. Ali and K. Al-Hamash. 1977. The New English Course for Iraq Book 5. Iraq: Ministry of Education. * Dakin Collection.

125

Radhi, A. and et al. 1979. The New English Course for Iraq Book 7 Teacher's Guide. Baghdad: Jamil Press.

Radhi, A. and et al. 1983. The New English Course for Iraq Book 8. Baghdad: Jamil Press.

Radhi, A. and et al. 1982. The New English Course for Iraq Book 8 Teacher's Guide. Baghdad: Jamil Press.

Travis, I. M. 1955. New English Course Reader 1A. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Travis, I. M. 1955. New English Course Reader 1B. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. and J. Wilson. 1955. New English Course: Grammar and Composition for Reader 3. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Location:Warwick ELT Archive. Notes: Author Role: (Eds.).Reviewed in OE 25/2, p. 131. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-26 Beginning English in West Africa: A Teacher's Handbook, 1956, 8 Wall pictures From Pictures to Reading: Book and Teacher's Book Stage 1: Readers 1A, 1B: New edition, 1959, Teacher's Book, 3rd edition 1959 Stages 2-5: Reader, Grammar and Composition for reader, and Teacher's Book for each stage. Stage 2 Teachers' Book in Dakin Collection.

Wilson, J. 1955. New English Course: Reader 3. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Location:Warwick ELT Archive. Notes: Author Role: (Eds.).Reviewed in OE 25/2, p. 131. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-26 Beginning English in West Africa: A Teacher's Handbook, 1956, 8 Wall pictures From Pictures to Reading: Book and Teacher's Book Stage 1: Readers 1A, 1B: New edition, 1959, Teacher's Book, 3rd edition 1959 Stages 2-5: Reader, Grammar and Composition for reader, and Teacher's Book for each stage. Stage 2 Teachers' Book in Dakin Collection.

Wilson, J. 1955. New English Course: Teachers' Book for stage 2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Location:Warwick ELT Archive. Notes: Author Role: (Eds.).Reviewed in OE 25/2, p. 131. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-26 Beginning English in West Africa: A Teacher's Handbook, 1956, 8 Wall pictures From Pictures to Reading: Book and Teacher's Book Stage 1: Readers 1A, 1B: New edition, 1959, Teacher's Book, 3rd edition 1959 Stages 2-5: Reader, Grammar and Composition for reader, and Teacher's Book for each stage. Stage 2 Teachers' Book in Dakin Collection.

Wilson, J. 1952. New English Course: Teachers' Book for stage 3. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Location:Warwick ELT Archive. Notes: Author Role: (Eds.).Reviewed in OE 25/2, p. 131. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-26 Beginning English

126

in West Africa: A Teacher's Handbook, 1956, 8 Wall pictures From Pictures to Reading: Book and Teacher's Book Stage 1: Readers 1A, 1B: New edition, 1959, Teacher's Book, 3rd edition 1959 Stages 2-5: Reader, Grammar and Composition for reader, and Teacher's Book for each stage. Stage 2 Teachers' Book in Dakin Collection.

Close, R. A. 1964. The New English Grammar: Lessons in English as a Foreign Language. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 182

Sweet, H. 1898. A New English Grammar: Local and Historical. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Member of the Munich, Berlin and Copenhagen Academy of Sciences

Sweet, H. 1891. A New English Grammar: Logical and Historical. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Former President of the Philological Society

Close, R. A. 1968. The New English Grammar: More Lessons in English as a Foreign Language. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 182

Koh, C. H. The New English Spelling Advanced Course: Book I: Nouns. Hofei, Anhwei: The English Research School. * Dakin Collection.

Koh, C. H. The New English Spelling Advanced Course: Book II: Words with Noun Suffixes. Hofei, Anhwei: The English Research School. * Dakin Collection.

Kreter, D. 1967. The New Guide Booke 1: Teil. Frankfurt: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Howe, D. H. and F. M. Vaz. 1977. New Guided Workbook 4. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * 2

Mellgren, L. and M. Walker. 1973. New Horizons in English: Book Two. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley.

Mellgren, L. and M. Walker. 1973. New Horizons in English: Book Two Teachers' Guide. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley.

Ward, J. M. 1962. The New Intermediate English Course Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 17/2, p.103, Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 161. Book 1, 2 Teacher's Book 1, 2 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Ward, J. M. 1963. The New Intermediate English Course Book 2. London:

127

Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 17/2, p.103, Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 161. Book 1, 2 Teacher's Book 1, 2 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Ward, J. M. 1962. The New Intermediate English Course Teachers' Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 17/2, p.103, Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 161. Book 1, 2 Teacher's Book 1, 2 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Ward, J. M. 1963. The New Intermediate English Course Teachers' Book 2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 17/2, p.103, Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 161. Book 1, 2 Teacher's Book 1, 2 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Ward, J. M. 1972. The New Intermediate English Grammar. Key. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 17/2, p.103, Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 161.

Guha-Thakurta, J. 1957. The New Lessons in English Reader II (For Class VII). Dacca: City Publishers. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition Book Five. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: original publication dates not present. dates taken from Howatt 1984: 383.

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition Book Four. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: original publication dates not present. dates taken from Howatt 1984: 383.

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition Book One. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: original publication dates not present. dates taken from Howatt 1984: 383.

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition Book Three. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: original publication dates not present. dates taken from Howatt 1984: 383.

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition Book Two. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: original publication dates not present. dates taken from Howatt 1984: 383.

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition (Alternative Edition) Book Five. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: In Howatt 1984: 383

128

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition (Alternative Edition) Book Four. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: In Howatt 1984: 383

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition (Alternative Edition) Book One. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: In Howatt 1984: 383

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition (Alternative Edition) Book Three. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: In Howatt 1984: 383

West, M. 1938. New Method Composition (Alternative Edition) Book Two. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: In Howatt 1984: 383

West, M. and J. G. Endicott. 1961. The New Method English Dictionary. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 4th edition. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, S-5

West, M. 1954. New Method English for the Arab World. Classbook Five. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes:Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-27 Primor, Books 1-5, Arabic Companion for Primer and 1-4, Teacher's Handbooks for Primer and 1-4

West, M. 1954. New Method English for the Arab World. Classbook Five. Part Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes:Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-27 Primor, Books 1-5, Arabic Companion for Primer and 1-4, Teacher's Handbooks for Primer and 1-4

West, M. 1953. New Method English for the Arab World. Classbook Four. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes:Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-27 Primor, Books 1-5, Arabic Companion for Primer and 1-4, Teacher's Handbooks for Primer and 1-4

West, M. 1952. New Method English for the Arab World. Classbook One. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes:Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-27 Primor, Books 1-5, Arabic Companion for Primer and 1-4, Teacher's Handbooks for Primer and 1-4

West, M. 1953. New Method English for the Arab World. Classbook Three. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes:Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-27 Primor, Books 1-5, Arabic Companion for Primer and 1-4, Teacher's Handbooks for Primer and 1-4

West, M. 1952. New Method English for the Arab World. Classbook Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes:Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-27 Primor, Books 1-5, Arabic Companion for Primer and 1-4, Teacher's Handbooks for Primer and 1-4

Palmer, H. E. 1938. The New Method Grammar. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in OE 9/3, p. 142 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

129

West, M. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1955. The New Method Malayan Readers III. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Everson, M. 1946. New Method Malayan Readers, Reader I. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in ELT 1/4, p. 114 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

West, M. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1947. New Method Malayan Readers, Reader II. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1955. The New Method Malayan Readers: Reader 4. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1955. The New Method Malayan Readers: Reader 5. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1935. New Method Readers (Alternative Edition) Reader 2. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Dates here according to Howatt 1984: 383.




West, M. 1926. The New Method Readers (New Series) for Teaching English Reading to Foreign Children. Reader 1B. Calcutta: Longmans, Green. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 3).

West, M. unknown. New Method Readers (Standard Edition) Reader 1. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes:dates in book indicate 1956 impression

West, M. unknown. New Method Readers (Standard Edition) Reader 2. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes:dates in book indicate 1956 impression

West, M. unknown. New Method Readers (Standard Edition) Reader 3. London:

130

Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: dates in book indicate 1957 impression

West, M. unknown. New Method Readers (Standard Edition) Reader 4. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Dates in book indicate 1956 impression




West, M. 1957. New Method Readers. Companion to Alernative Reader 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1937. New Method Readers. Companion to Alernative Reader 5. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1955. New Method Readers. Companion to Primer. Red Primer or Green Primer. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1955. New Method Readers. Companion to Reader 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.






West, M. 1953. The New Method Readers. New Edition. Green Primer. Notes: Dakin Collection.

131

West, M. 1954. The New Method Readers. New Edition. Red Primer. Notes: Dakin Collection.

West, M. 1926. The New Method Series of Reading-books (New Series). Handbook for Teachers. Bombay: Longmans, Green. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 3). Original in British Library. Extent of Work: iv + 23 + 4 pp

West, M. unknown. The New Method Supplementary Reader. Lorna Doone. London: Longmans. * Donated by Adam West.

West, M. 1963. The New Method Supplementary Reader. The Moneylender and other Stories. London: Longmans. * Donated by Adam West.

East Pakistan School Textbook, B. 1966. The New Model English Course Book 5 (for Class VII). Dacca: East Pakistan School Textbook Board. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1954. New Modern English Readers: Primer. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 9/4, p. 215 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Author unknown. 1951. New Modern English Readers: Reader II. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 9/4, p. 215 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Author unknown. 1956. New Modern English Readers: Reader III. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 9/4, p. 215 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Author unknown. 1951. New Modern English Readers: Reader IV. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 9/4, p. 215 Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Taylor, A. New Nation English. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Mfodwo, B, A. Taylor and B. Pattison. 1964. New Nation English. Book 4 (A). London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Trinity College Dublin, British Library (COPAC)

Grieve, D. W. 1966. New Nelson English Course for Secondary Schools Book 1. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Grieve, D. W. 1966. New Nelson English Course for Secondary Schools Teacher's Book 1. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

132

Grieve, D. W. 1966. New Nelson English Course for Secondary Schools Workbook 1. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Joyce, J. New Oral, Written and Pictorial Exercises. Cairo: Mohamed Aly School. * Dakin Collection.

Strevens, P. 1977. New Orientations in the Teaching of English. London: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: Wolfson College, Cambridge

Notes: Donated by Peter Collier, Reviewed in ELT 34/3, p. 235.

French, F. G. 1959. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Five. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1959. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Five. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1958. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Four. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1958. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Four. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1960. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Six. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1960. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Six. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1957. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's

133

Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1958. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Three: Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1956. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1956. The New Oxford English Course (Ghana). Book Two: Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Notes 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-19 Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Teacher's Notes 1 in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1955. The New Oxford English Course (Gold Coast): Book One. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1955. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book Four. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1969. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book Four. Teacher's Notes.Third edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1969. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book Four. Third edition. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1955. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book One. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1955. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book One.

134

Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1972. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book One. Teacher's Notes. Third edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1957. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1957. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book Three. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1956. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1956. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book Two. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1968. The New Oxford English Course (Nigeria). Book Two. Third edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-6, Teacher's Books 1-6, Wall pictures for Book 1, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-20 Books 1 (Teacher's Notes), 2 (Teacher's Notes), 3, 3 (Teacher's Notes), 4, 4 (Teacher's Notes) in Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. 1956. The New Oxford English Course East Africa Teacher's Book 1 Nairobi: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. 1966. The New Oxford English Course East Africa Teacher's Book 1 (revised edition). Nairobi: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

135

French, F. G. 1958. The New Oxford English Course East Africa Teacher's Notes Book 2. Nairobi: Oxford University Press.

French, F. G. 1958. The New Oxford English Course- East Africa. Book 4. London: Oxford University Press.

French, F. G. 1958. The New Oxford English Course- East Africa. Book 4 Teacher's Notes. Nairobi: Oxford University Press.

French, F. G. 1960. The New Oxford English Course- East Africa. Book 5. Nairobi: Oxford University Press.

Author unknown. 1966. The New Oxford English Course Ethiopia Book One Teacher's Notes Section A. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Meriel Bloor.

Author unknown. 1966. The New Oxford English Course Ethiopia Book One Teacher's Notes Section B. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Meriel Bloor.

Harding, D. H. 1967. The New Pattern of Language Teaching. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1964. The New Peak Course: Standard 2 Course Book for the Teacher Volume 2. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.


Author unknown. 1964. The New Peak Course: Standard 3 Course Book for the Teacher Volume 1. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection.

136

Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.



O'Connor, J. D. 1948. New Phonetic Readings from Modern English Literature. Berne, Switzerland: Francke. * Dakin Collection.

Candlin, E. F. 1972. New Present Day English 1. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Candlin, E. F. 1974. New Present Day English 3. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Candlin, E. F. 1974. New Present Day English Teacher's Book 3. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Candlin, E. F. 1973. New Present Day English. Book 2. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Candlin, E. F. 1973. New Present Day English. Teacher's Book 1. London: University of London Press. * Donated by Julia Khan.

Candlin, E. F. 1973. New Present Day English. Teacher's Book 2. London: University

137

of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Etherton, A. R. B. and R. A. Hussain. 1962. New Primary English Workbooks for Malaya. Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in ELT 17/2, p.103 Book 1 in Dakin Collection.

Simpson, G. P. 1978. New Routes to English: Beginning Skills 1 Student Book. Ontario: Collier Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Simpson, G. P. 1979. New Routes to English: Beginning Skills 1 Teacher Guide. Ontario: Collier Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Simpson, G. P. 1978. New Routes to English: Beginning Skills 1 Workbook. Ontario: Collier Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Razzaq, A. 1954. New Royal Readers Primer. Dacca: The Provincial Library. * Dakin Collection.

Frisby, A. W. 1962. The New Ship English Course. London: Longmans. * Location: Dakin Collection. Warwick ELT Archive. Notes: Pupils' Books 1-4, Workbooks 1-4. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 148. Noted in ELT 19/3, p. 142 (Pupil's Book 2). British Library, National Library of Scotland (COPAC) Pupils' Book 4, Workbook 4 in Dakin Collection.

Ripman, W. and W. Archer. 1948. New Spelling: Being Proposals for Simplifying the Spelling of English Without the Introduction of New Letters. London: Pitman. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 6th edition.

Richards, J. 1979. New Varieties of English: Issues and Approaches. Singapore: SEAMEO. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Cook, J. L, A. Gethin and K. Mitchell. 1967. A New Way to Proficiency in English. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

The English Medium Centre, L. 1972. New Zambia Primary Course English Reader 10. Lusaka: Ministry of Education.

The English Medium Centre, L. 1971. New Zambia Primary Course English Reader 12A. Lusaka: Ministry of Education.

The English Medium Centre, L. 1972. New Zambia Primary Course Reader Experimental Version Grade VI Term 3. Lusaka: Ministry of Education.

The English Medium Centre, L. 1972. New Zambia Primary Course Reader

138

Experimental Version Grade VII Term 1. Lusaka: Ministry of Education.

The English Medium Centre, L. 1972. New Zambia Primary Course Reader Experimental Version Grade VII Term 2. Lusaka: Ministry of Education.

The English Medium Centre, L. 1972. New Zambia Primary Course Reader Experimental Version Grade VII Term 3. Lusaka: Ministry of Education.

The English Medium Centre, L. 1970. New Zambia Primary Course Teacher's Handbook Grade 3- English Language. Lusaka: Ministry of Education.

The English Medium Centre, L. 1971. New Zambia Primary Course Teacher's Handbook Grade 3- Reading. Lusaka: Ministry of Education.

Allison Peers, E. 1945. "New" Tongues, or Modern Language Teaching of the Future. London: Pitman. * Donated by John Eckersley.

The Centre for British, T. 1979. Newspapers and the Press Students' Book. London: CBT. * Dakin Collection.

Sims, C. A. 1962. Next Number Please. Huddersfield: Schofield and Sims. * Dakin Collection.

Dallas, D, I. Macauley and N. Hawkes. 1980. Nigeria Primary English Teacher's Book 1. Nigeria: Longman.

Bates, M. 1979. The Nile Course for the Sudan Pupils' Book 1. London: Longman.

Corbluth, J. 1979. The Nile Course for the Sudan Students' Book 4. London: Longman.

Bates, M. 1979. The Nile Course for the Sudan Teacher's Book 1. London: Longman.

Corbluth, J. 1979. The Nile Course for the Sudan Teacher's Book 4. London: Longman.

Bates, M. 1979. The Nile Course for the Sudan Workbook 1. London: Longman.

Jones, J. K. 1967. The Nineteen Stories: Teacher's Book. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Matias. 1959. Noah and the Animals. London: Hutchinson. * Dakin Collection.

139

Byrne, D. and S. Holden. 1978. Note -Taking Students' Workbook. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Cooke, R. 1949. Notes on Learning English. London: Longmans, Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-50.

Hill, L. A. 1968. Note-Taking Practice. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Byrne, D. 1978. Note-Taking. Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Wilkins, D. A. 1976. Notional Syllabuses. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Reviewed in ELT 33/1, p. 79

Jones, L. 1979. Notions in English: A Course in Effective Communication for Upper-Intermediate and More Advanced Students. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Sachs, T. U. 1969. Now Read On: A Reading and Language Practice Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Clements, P. M. 1958. Now We Can Read Preparatory Reader II. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Adamson, D. and M. Bates. 1977. Nucleus Biology- Teacher's Notes. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Dudley-Evans, T, T. Smart and J. Wall. 1979. Nucleus Engineering- Teacher's Notes. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Barron, C. and I. Stewart. 1977. Nucleus Geology. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Barron, C. and I. Stewart. 1977. Nucleus Geology: Teacher's Notes. London: Longman.

Tomori, S. H. O. 1968. Objective Tests for School Certificate English: Practice in Lexis Structure and Idiom. Teachers Edition with Answers. Ibadan: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Bloor, M, T. Bloor, R. Forrest, E. Laird and H. Relton. 1970. Objective Tests in English as a Foreign Language Teacher's Book. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

140

Brown, J. 1966. Objective Tests: Their Construction and Analysis. A Practical Handbook. London: Longmans. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Palmer, H. E. 1932. On Learning to Read Foreign Languages. A Memorandum. Tokyo: IRET. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

West, M. 1933. On Learning to Speak a Foreign Languag. London: Longmans, Green. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

Goffin, R. C. 1951. On the Air: An Anthology of the Spoken Word. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Kaplan, R. B. e. 1980. On the Scope of Applied Linguistics. Rowley,Massachusetts: Newbury House. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Wright, E. and J. F. Wallwork. 1962. On Your Own: A Guide to Study Method. London: Longmans. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Salo, K, P. Laakso, V.-M. Kaitala, J. Crichton and E. Ulmanen. 1976. One Two Three. Helsinki: Osakeyhtio Valistus. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R, J. Webb and R. L. Scott-Buccleuch. 1968. Opeac Oral Drills Workbook A. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Mackin, R, J. Webb and R. L. Scott-Buccleuch. 1968. Opeac Oral Drills Workbook B. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Downman, L. and P. Hammarberg. 1959. The Open Window and Other Short Stories. Stockholm: Forlag. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 7th edition

McLeod, A. 1972. Openings. Harmondsworth: Penguin * Dakin Collection.

Monfries, H. 1972. Oral Drills in Sentence Patterns for Foreign Students. London: Macmillan. * third edition

Notes: Noted in ELT 18/3, p. 143, Reviewed in ELT 19/4, p. 194, Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 170 Dakin Collection.

Nasfield, J. C. 1909. Oral Exercises in English Composition. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Bowden, H. S. 1957. Oral Lessons in English as Second Language I-II. Cape Town:

141

Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection.

Bowden, H. S. 1957. Oral Lessons in English as Second Language. Part One. Cape Town: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. 1921. The Oral Method of Teaching Languages. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by Peter Collier. (In Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 2)

Byrne, D. 1961. Oral Practice for Foreign Students. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 17/1, p. 51. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-73 Dakin Collection.

Parnwell, E. C. 1952. Our Cave at West Poley by Thomas Hardy. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Peterson, L, D. Bolton, M. Walker and M. Hageus. 1975. Our Environment: Comprehension Practice for Proficiency. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grattan, J. H. G, P. Gurrey and A. R. Moon. 1925. Our Living Language: A New Guide to English Grammar. London: Nelson. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Lloyd James, A. 1938. Our Spoken Language. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1966. Outline Composition Book. London: Oxford University Pres. * Dakin Collection.

Durr, T. A. Outline of English Directions. Unknown: Unknown.

Jones, D. 1918. An Outline of English Phonetics. Unknown: Unknown. * (In Collins, B. and I.M. Mees (Eds). 2003. Daniel Jones: Selected Works. London: Routledge, Volume 1)

Jones, D. 1948. An Outline of English Phonetics. New York: Dutton. * Donated by John Spencer. Notes: 6th

Lamb, S. M. 1966. Outline of Stratificational Grammar. Washington DC: Georgetown University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. and S. Holden. 1977. Outlook: A Reading Book at Intermediate Level. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 32/4, p. 332.

Nesset, Kare and E. Slaatto. 1957. Over to England Book 2. Oslo: Forlag. * Dakin

142

Collection.

Boardman, R. 1979. Over To You: Oral/Aural Skills for Advanced Students of English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Reviewed in ELT 35/1, p. 75.

Heaton, J. B. and J. P. Stocks. 1966. Overseas Students' Companion to English Studies. London: Longmans.

Hornby, A. S, A. P. Cowie and J. Windsor Lewis. 1974. Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. London: Oxford University Press. * 3rd edition

Hornby, A. S, A. P. Cowie and J. Windsor Lewis. 1974. Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. London: Oxford University Press. * 3rd edition

Hornby, A. S, A. P. Cowie and J. Windsor Lewis. 1974. Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English (Japanese reprint). London: Oxford University Press. * 3rd edition. 1985 Kaitakuska reprint for sale in Japan only.

Hornby, A. S, A. P. Cowie and A. C. Gimson. 1984. Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. Delux Edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Delux Edition.

Hornby, A. S. 1998. Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English: Commemorative Edition in Honour of A.S. Hornby. London: Oxford University Press. * Volume and box (sleeve). Also associated booklet; The Man Who Made Dictionaries.

Cowie, A. P. and R. Mackin. 1975. Oxford Dictionary of Current Idiomatic English Vol. 1. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 31/1. p. 78

Hornby, A. S. and H. Svenkerud. 1978. Oxford Engelsk-Norsk Ordbok. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by A.W. Cowie. Notes: Two publication dates are listed. One given for English publication by OUP (1978). Norwegian (1983).

Faucett, L. 1939. The Oxford English Course Alternative Book 3. London: Oxford University Press.

Faucett, L. 1939. The Oxford English Course Alternative Book 5. London: Oxford University Press.

French, F. G. 1956. The Oxford English Course for Hong Kong. First Year. Part One: Reading. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-30 1st- 3rd edition year books in Dakin Collection.

143

French, F. G. 1956. The Oxford English Course for Hong Kong. First Year. Part One: Speaking. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-30 1st- 3rd edition year books in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1957. The Oxford English Course for Hong Kong. Fourth Year. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-30 1st- 3rd edition year books in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1956. The Oxford English Course for Hong Kong. Second Year. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-30 1st- 3rd edition year books in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1957. The Oxford English Course for Hong Kong. Third Year. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-30 1st- 3rd edition year books in Dakin Collection.

Miller, D. C. and S. Hakim. 1953. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Miller, D. C, A. S. Hornby and S. Hakim. 1957. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Book Five. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-28. Books 1,2, 3, 4, 5 British Library (COPAC). Books 1-5, Teacher's Notes 1-5

Miller, D. C, A. S. Hornby and S. Hakim. 1956. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Book Four. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-28. Books 1,2, 3, 4, 5 British Library (COPAC). Books 1-5, Teacher's Notes 1-5

Miller, D. C, A. S. Hornby and S. Hakim. 1955. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-28. Books 1,2, 3, 4, 5 British Library (COPAC). Books 1-5, Teacher's Notes 1-5

Miller, D. C, A. S. Hornby and S. Hakim. 1954. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-28. Books 1,2, 3, 4, 5 British Library (COPAC). Books 1-5, Teacher's Notes 1-5

Miller, D. C. and S. Hakim. 1953. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Introductory Oral Lessons and Teacher's Notes to Book One. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Miller, D. C, A. S. Hornby and S. Hakim. 1957. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Teacher's Notes to Book Five. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-28. Books 1,2, 3, 4, 5 British Library (COPAC). Books 1-5, Teacher's Notes 1-5

144

Miller, D. C, A. S. Hornby and S. Hakim. 1956. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Teacher's Notes to Book Four. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-28. Books 1,2, 3, 4, 5 British Library (COPAC). Books 1-5, Teacher's Notes 1-5

Miller, D. C, A. S. Hornby and S. Hakim. 1955. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Teacher's Notes to Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-28. Books 1,2, 3, 4, 5 British Library (COPAC). Books 1-5, Teacher's Notes 1-5

Miller, D. C, A. S. Hornby and S. Hakim. 1954. The Oxford English Course for Iraq. Teacher's Notes to Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Drake, H. B. 1957. The Oxford English Course for Secondary Schools. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-3, Teacher's Notes 1-3, Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-39

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course Language Book 2. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course Language Book 3. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. 1934. The Oxford English Course Language Book 4. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2 copies (5th and 10th impression) of this edition are held in the Warwick ELT Archive.

Faucett, L. 1934. The Oxford English Course Language Book 4. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2 copies (5th and 10th impression) of this edition are held in the Warwick ELT Archive.

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course. Language Book One, Part One. To be studied with Reading Book I Part I. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course. Language Book One, Part Two. To be studied with Reading Book I Part II. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Faucett, L. 1934. The Oxford English Course. Reading Book Four. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching

145

English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course. Reading Book One. Part One. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course. Reading Book One. Part Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course. Reading Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course. Reading Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Faucett, L. 1933. The Oxford English Course. Teacher’s Handbook Part I. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Faucett, L. 1936. The Oxford English Course. Teacher’s Handbook Part II. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Fremont, I. 1950. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Five. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Second edition. Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1951. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Five. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1950. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Four. London:

146

Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Second Edition. Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1952. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Four. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1949. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book One. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Third edition. Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1938. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book One. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1951. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Six. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Second edition. Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1950. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Six. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two copies Page references are for second edition of Pupil's Book. Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle Fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1940. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1948. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Three. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Second Edition. Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Fremont, I. 1951. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Third edition. Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

147

Fremont, I. 1949. The Oxford English Readers for Africa. Book Two. Teacher's Notes. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Book states, "Adapted by Isabelle fremont from Lawrence Faucett's Oxford English Course under the general editorship of F.G. French, C.B.E" .

Hornby, A. S, E. C. Parnwell and L. Norro. 1980. Oxford English-Spanish Reader's Dictionary Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by A.P. Cowie.

Parnwell, E. C. 1978. Oxford Picture Dictionary of American English. New York: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hornby, A. S. and R. Mackin. 1964. Oxford Progressive English Alternative Course. Book A. London: Oxford University Press. * Two versions of this volume held. One with green cover. One grey. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 155. 4 Volumes- Books A-B, Teacher's Handbook A-B. Location: British Library, National Library of Scotland. Book D British Library. (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. and R. Mackin. 1964. Oxford Progressive English Alternative Course. Book A. London: Oxford University Press. * Two versions of this volume held. One with green cover. One grey. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 155. 4 Volumes- Books A-B, Teacher's Handbook A-B. Location: British Library, National Library of Scotland. Book D British Library. (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. and R. Mackin. 1964. Oxford Progressive English Alternative Course. Book A. Teachers handbook. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Two versions of this volume held. One with green cover. One grey. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 155. 4 Volumes- Books A-B, Teacher's Handbook A-B. Location: British Library, National Library of Scotland. Book D British Library. (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. and R. Mackin. 1965. Oxford Progressive English Alternative Course. Book B. London: Oxford University Press. * Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 155. 4 Volumes- Books A-B, Teacher's Handbook A-B. Location: British Library, National Library of Scotland. Book D British Library. (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. and R. Mackin. 1965. Oxford Progressive English Alternative Course. Book B. Teachers handbook. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 155. 4 Volumes- Books A-B, Teacher's Handbook A-B. Location: British Library, National Library of Scotland. Book D British Library. (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. and R. Mackin. 1966. Oxford Progressive English Alternative Course. Book C. London: Oxford University Press. * Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 155. 4 Volumes- Books A-B, Teacher's Handbook A-B. Location: British Library, National

148

Library of Scotland. Book D British Library. (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. and R. Mackin. 1966. Oxford Progressive English Alternative Course. Book C. Teachers handbook. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 155. 4 Volumes- Books A-B, Teacher's Handbook A-B. Location: British Library, National Library of Scotland. Book D British Library. (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. 1969. Oxford Progressive English Course. Book 3. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: second edition

Hornby, A. S. 1969. Oxford Progressive English Course. Book 3. Teacher's Handbook. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: 2nd edition. Original Pub Date: 1956

Hornby, A. S. 1954. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Book One. London: Oxford University Press. * Hardback version is Dakin Collection. The warwick archive holds three versions of this volume: softback, glossy and hardback. Series reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.33. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4

Hornby, A. S. 1954. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Book One. London: Oxford University Press. * Softback glossy is Warwick ELT Archive. The warwick archive holds three versions of this volume: softback, glossy and hardback. Series reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.33. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4

Hornby, A. S. 1954. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Book One. London: Oxford University Press. * Softback is Dakin Collection. The warwick archive holds three versions of this volume: softback, glossy and hardback. Series reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.33. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4

Hornby, A. S. 1956. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Softback Version is Dakin Collection. The Warwick ELT Archive holds two versions of this volume: softback and softback glossy. Series reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.33. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4 .

Hornby, A. S. 1956. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Softback glossy version is Warwick ELT Archive. The Warwick ELT Archive holds two versions of this volume: softback and softback glossy. Series reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.33. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4 .

Hornby, A. S. 1955. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Softback version is Dakin Collection. The Warwick ELT Archive holds two versions of this volume: softback and softback glossy. Series reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.33. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4 .

149

Hornby, A. S. 1955. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Softback glossy version donated by Peter Collier. The Warwick ELT Archive holds two versions of this volume: softback and softback glossy. Series reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.33. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4 .

Hornby, A. S. 1955. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Softback glossy version donated by Peter Collier. Notes: the Warwick ELT Archive holds two versions of this volume: softback and softback glossy. Series reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.33. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4 .

Hornby, A. S. 1954. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Teacher's Handbook. Book One. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Hornby, A. S. 1956. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Teacher's Handbook. Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4.

Hornby, A. S. 1955. Oxford Progressive English for Adult Learners. Teacher's Handbook. Book Two. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-4.

Verma, S. K. and R. N. Sahai. 1977. The Oxford Progressive English-Hindi Dictionary. Delhi: Oxford University Press. * Donated by A.P. Cowie.

Mackin, R, D. Carver and S. El-Hassan. 1974. Oxford Secondary English Course Jordan Anthology 1. London: Oxford University Press.

Mackin, R, D. Carver and S. El-Hassan. 1978. Oxford Secondary English Course Jordan Anthology 2. Jordan: Oxford University Press.

Mackin, R, D. Carver and S. El-Hassan. 1978. Oxford Secondary English Course Jordan Anthology 3. Jordan: Oxford University Press.

Mackin, R, D. Carver and S. El-Hassan. 1974. Oxford Secondary English Course Jordan Book 1. London: Oxford University Press.

Mackin, R, D. Carver and S. El-Hassan. 1975. Oxford Secondary English Course Jordan Book 2. Jordan: Oxford University Press.

Mackin, R, D. Carver and S. El-Hassan. 1978. Oxford Secondary English Course Jordan Teacher's Book 2. Jordan: Oxford University Press.

Mackin, R, D. Carver and S. El-Hassan. 1978. Oxford Secondary English Course

150

Jordan Teacher's Book 3. Jordan: Oxford University Press.

Deacock, R. J. and E. E. Kitchener. 1930. The Oxford Spelling Books Book I. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hornby, A. S. and C. Ruse. 1978. Oxford Student's Dictionary of Current English. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: An adaptation of the Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. Location: Birmingham ; Liverpool ; Oxford ; Trinity (COPAC)

Allen, J. P. B. and S. P. e. Corder. 1975. Papers in Applied Lingustics. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Strevens, P. 1965. Papers in Language and Language Teaching. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by John Spencer. Notes: 'Collection of papers reprinted from various journals, dealing with applied linguistics and language teaching, English in Africa, geneal and instrumental phonetics. ' BC Biblio 1965. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 111.

Byrne, D. 1967. The Passive. London: Longman. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Broughton, G. E. and et al. 1977. Password 1. Hammondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin. * Dakin Collection.



Eckersley, C. E. 1949. Pathways to Literature. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Author Role: (Ed.). Reviewed in ELT 3/7, p. 196. Trinity College Dublin, British Library?, National Library of Scotland? (COPAC)

Bright, J. A. 1965. Patterns and Skills in English: A New School Certificate Course. Book 1. Nairobi: Longmans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Bright, J. A. 1967. Patterns and Skills in English: A New School Certificate Course. Book 4. Nairobi: Longmans. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Roberts, P. 1956. Patterns of English. New York: Harcourt. * Donated by Thelma Henderson.

McArthur, T. 1972. Patterns of English 1: Building English Words. London: Collins. *

151

Dakin Collection.

Wakely, R. and T. McArthur. 1974. Patterns of English 6: Using Modal Verbs. London: Collins. * Donated by Keith Mitchell.

Author unknown. 1962. The Peak Course: Standard 2 Course Book for the Teacher Volume 1. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.




Author unknown. 1964. The Peak Course: Standard 3 Course Book for the Teacher Volume III. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's

152

Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1961. The Peak Course: Standard I Course Book for the Teacher Volume I. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1961. The Peak Course: Standard I Course Book for the Teacher Volume II. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1961. The Peak Course: Standard I Course Book for the Teacher Volume III. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1962. The Peak Course: Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1961. The Peak Course: Teacher's Notes to the Picture Book. London: Oxford University Press Nairobi. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio

153

1963, M-25. Year 1- Picture Book, Teacher's Notes, Link Reader, Teacher's Notes, Peak Reader 1, Reading Through Doing 1, I live in Africa (Supplementary Reader), Standard I course books for Teachers 1-3 Year 2- Peak Reader 2, Reading Through Doing 2 . Standard I, Course book for the Teacher Volume 1-3, Teacher's Notes to the Picture book, Teacher's Notes to the Link Reader, Standard 3 Volume 1-3, Standard 2, Volume 1, 3 in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Land, G. 1973. People at Work. London: Longman.

French Allen, V. 1953. People in Livingston. New York: Thomas Crowell.

Davenport, R. W. and et al. 1959. The Permanent Revolution. London: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Moyle, D. E. Perspectives on Adult Literacy. Sunderland: UKRA. * Dakin Collection.

Stern, H. H. 1970. Perspectives on Second Language Teaching. Ontario: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education. * Dakin Collection.

Prescha, U. and et al. 1966. Peter Pim and Billy Ball Part 1. Berlin: Verlag. * Dakin Collection.

Passy, P. 1906. Petite phonétique comparée des principales langues européennes. Leipzig: B.G. Teubner.

Davis, F. B. 1967. Philippine Language-Teaching Experiments. Quezon: Alemar. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1918. Phoentic Reader Supplement Part I. Aberdeen: William Smith. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1918. Phoentic Reader Supplement Part II. Aberdeen: William Smith. * Dakin Collection.

Jones, D. 1962. The Phoneme: Its Nature and Use. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Professor Emeritus of Phonetics, University of London. Original Pub Date: 1950

Jones, D. and H. Michaelis. 1913. A Phonetic Dictionary of the English Language. Berlin: Meyer. * (In Collins, B. and I.M. Mees (Eds). 2003. Daniel Jones: Selected Works. London: Routledge, Volume 2)

O'Connor, J. D. 1973. Phonetic Drill Reader. London: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

154

Grant, W. 1922. Phonetic Reader. Aberdeen: William Smith. * Dakin Collection.

Tibbitts, E. L. 1946. A Phonetic Reader for Foreign Learners of English. Cambridge: Heffer. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 2/2, p. 56, ELT 8/3, Supplement p. 9.

Mackenzie, C. F. D. P. W. 1919. A Phonetic Reader for Use in Junior Classes. Manchester: The University Press. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Jones, D. 1932. Phonetic Readings in English. Heidelberg: Carl Winters Universitatsbuchhandlung. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Jones, D. 1955. Phonetic Readings in English. New and Improved Edition. Heidelberg: Carl Winters Universitatsbuchhandlung. * Dakin Collection.

Jones, D. 1907. Phonetic Transcriptions of English Prose. Oxford: Clarendon Press. * Dakin Collection.

Ward, I. C. 1945. The Phonetics of English. Cambridge: Heffer.

Notes: Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: 4th edition. Original Pub Date: 1929. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 7 Mentioned with 235pp.

Pike, K. L. 1943. Phonetics: A Critical Analysis of Phonetic Theory and a Teaching for the Practical Description of Sounds. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. * Dakin Collection.

Mortimer, C. 1972. Phrasal Verbs in Conversation. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Best, R. 1971. Pick and Choose: Multiple Choice Comprehension Passages. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Reading Label General Materials.

Faucett, L, F. G. French and E. C. Parnwell. 1941. A Pictorial English Grammar for Schools Abroad. London: Oxford University Press. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes 2nd edition. 1949 onwards, 3rd edition (with Part II by F.G. French), 1960. Noted in (BC Biblio 1963), N-55 Part I in Dakin Collection.

French, F. G, E. C. Parnwell and L. W. Faucett. 1941. A Pictorial English Grammar. Part 1 & Part 2. London: Oxford University Press. * 2nd edition. Notes: Originally published in 1941 Part II in Dakin Collection. Part I Reviewed in ELT 4/7 p. 197.

155

Parnwell, E. C. 1966. Pictorial English Word-Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Lee, W. R. 1970. Picture Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1960. Picture Composition Book. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 15/2, p. 94. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-16; Teacher's Guide- 28pp Teacher's Guide in Dakin Collection.

Kerr, J. Y. K. 1979. Picture Cue Cards for Oral Language Practice: Teacher's Handbook. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Association of Recognised English Language, S. 1974. Picture Stories for Oral Composition. London: ARELS. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Gowers, S. E. 1948. Plain Words: A Guide to the Use of English. London: His Majesty's Stationary Office. * Dakin Collection.

Mugglestone, P. 1980. Planning and Using the Blackboard. London: Allen & Unwin. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 35/1, p. 72.

Chamberlin, A. and K. Stenberg. 1976. Play and Practise! Stockholm: EssE.L.T.e Studium. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Granger, C. 1980. Play Games with English: Games, Puzzles and Quizzes for Practising Your English. Book 1. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Sweaney, A. and S. Grundy. 1938. Plays Retold: A Pair of Spectacles. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1963. Poetry and Prose Appreciation for Overseas Students. London: Longmans. * Donated by Janelle Cooper, Reviewed in ELT 18/1, p. 47. Noted in BC Biblio 1865, No. 210.

Gimson, A. C. 1975. A Practical Course of English Pronunciation: A Perceptual Approach. London: Edward Arnold. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 32/2. p. 162.

Howe, D. H. and B. Smith. 1963. Practical English for the Certificate. Kuala Lampur: Oxford University Press. * Reviewed in ELT 19/4, p. 198 Part 1 in Dakin Collection.

Engholm, E. 1967. Practical English for the Foreign Student. London: Pitman. * Donated by John Eckersley.

156

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1969. A Practical English Grammar. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition

Thompson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1960. A Practical English Grammar for Foreign Students. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Keith Mitchell ; Reviewed in ELT 17/1, p. 49; Reviewed in ELT 36/1.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1975. A Practical English Grammar. Combined Exercises Volume One. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes 2nd edition

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1975. A Practical English Grammar. Combined Exercises Volume Two. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1961. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 1: Present and Past Tenses. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1961. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 1: Present and Past Tenses (without key). London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Notes: 2nd edition

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1961. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 1: Present and Past Tenses (without key). London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Keith Mitchell. Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1961. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 2: Future and Conditional Tenses. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Keith Mitchell. Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1961. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 2: Future and Conditional Tenses. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1962. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 3: Gerund, Infinitive and Participles. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Keith Mitchell. Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1962. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 3: Gerund, Infinitive and Participles. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

157

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1923. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 4: Verb and Preposition/Adverb Combinations. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Keith Mitchell. Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1923. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 4: Verb and Preposition/Adverb Combinations. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1964. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 5: Auxiliary Verbs. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1964. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 6: Indirect Speech and Passive Voice. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Keith Mitchell. Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1964. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 6: Indirect Speech and Passive Voice. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1972. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 7: Articles, Prepositions, Relative Pronouns, etc. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1972. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 8: Present, Past and Past Perfect Tenses. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1972. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 9: Future Forms and Reported Speech. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1972. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 10: Conditionals and Unreal Pasts, Gerund, Infinitive and Passive. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Thomson, A. J. and A. V. Martinet. 1977. A Practical English Grammar. Structure Drills 1. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Tregidgo, P. S. 1962. Practical English Usage for Overseas Students. London: Longmans. * 2nd edition. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-64 Dakin Collection.

Ogundipe, P. A. and Tregidgo. 1965. Practical English: A Comprehensive Secondary Course Book 1. London: Longmans. * Notes:Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 249

158

Ogundipe, P. A. and Tregidgo. 1971. Practical English: A Comprehensive Secondary Course Book 1 New Edition. London: Longmans. * Notes:Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 249

Ogundipe, P. A. and P. S. Tregidgo. 1966. Practical English: A Comprehensive Secondary Course Book 3. London: Longmans.

Ogundipe, P. A. and P. S. Tregidgo. 1972. Practical English: A Comprehensive Secondary Course Book 3 New Edition. London: Longmans.



Ogundipe, P. A. and P. S. Tregidgo. 1966. Practical English: A Comprehensive Secondary Course- Teacher's Book. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Mosback, G. P. and V. Mosback. 1976. Practical Faster Reading: An Intermediate/Advanced Course in Reading and Vocabulary. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 32/3, p. 247.

Ball, W. J. 1958. A Practical Guide to Colloquial Idiom. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Rivers, W. M. and M. S. Temperley. 1978. A Practical Guide to the Teaching of English as a Second or Foreign Language. New York: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 35/2, p. 195.

Thomas, B. J. 1977. Practical Information: Comprehension and Composition Practice. London: Edward Arnold. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Marcel, C. V. A. 1820. Practical Method of Teaching the Living Languages, Applied to the French, in Which Several Defects of the Old Method Are Pointed Out and Remedied. London: Hurst, Robinson. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 2).

Thornley, G. C. 1955. The Practical Readers: Stage 1- Helping Hands. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-26. Semi technical vocabulary (for girls and boys). Stage 1, 2, 3: 2 titles each

159

Thornley, G. C. 1957. The Practical Readers: Stage 1- Two Dresses. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-26. Semi technical vocabulary (for girls and boys). Stage 1, 2, 3: 2 titles each

Thornley, G. C. 1955. The Practical Readers: Stage 2- The Lock. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Sweet, H. 1899. The Practical Study of Languages. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by John Spencer. Notes: 'Reprint of a classic work, originally published in 1899, by a great phliologist and phonetician, advocating reformed methods of language teaching. Although much of this book is now principally of historical interest, its influence on later developments in methodology has been very great, especially in its insistence on speech, the selection and grading of materials and the application of linguistic scholarship to language teaching. Informed throughout by a remarkable range of learning and presented with characteristic vigour, Sweet's book is essential background reading for those interested in the development of language teaching methodology during the past 50 years' BC Biblio 1965. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 116 .

Sweet, H. 1899. The Practical Study of Languages: A Guide for Teachers and Learners. London: Dent. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Also, in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith eds. 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 4

Dunlop, I. 1970. Practical Techn iques in The Teaching of Oral English 1. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell. * Dakin Collection.

Trenité, G. N. 1932. Practical Training in Pronunciation. London: Allen & Unwin.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. Practice and Progress: An Integrated Course for Pre-Intermediate Students. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. Practice and Progress: An Integrated Course for Pre-Intermediate Students, Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1967. Practice and Progress: Recorded Drills- Tapescript. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G. 1970. Practice and Progress: Supplementary Written Exercises. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

MacCarthy, P. A. D. 1965. A Practice Book of English Speech. London: Oxford University Press. * Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 168

Morgan, J. O. C. 1963. Practice for Certificate English. London: Longmans. * Dakin

160

Collection. Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 153

Barnard, G. and P. S. McKay. 1963. Practice in Spoken English and Anthology of Exercises in English Sounds. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Advertised on back cover of ELT 18/2, Reviewed in ELT 19/4, p. 193; CELTE; Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 165

Ward, J. M. 1972. Practice in Structure and Usage for Intermediate Students. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Ward, J. M. 1966. Practice in the Use of English: 100 Exercises. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Archer, M. and E. Nolan-Woods. 1975. Practice Tests for First Certificate English: Teacher's Edition, With Answers. Sunbury-on-Thames: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 2nd edition

Archer, M. and E. Nolan-Woods. 1976. Practice Tests for Proficiency. Sunbury (Middlesex): Nelson. * Donated by Judith Kennedy , Reviewed in ELT 32/2, p. 167.

Heaton, J. B. 1971. Practice through Pictures: Pupils' Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Heaton, J. B. 1971. Practice through Pictures: Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Ziegesar, M. v. and D. v. Ziegesar. 1978. Practice with Puzzles! Teacher's Book. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Mackenzie, M. D. M. 1970. Practising English Tenses. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Fried, V. e. 1972. The Prague School of Linguistics and Language Teaching. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Hardback also in CELTE

Wenlock, R. 1937. Preparatory English Course for Foreign Students. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Central Institute of English, H. 1963. A Preparatory General English Course for Colleges: Physical Sciences. Bombay: Orient Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Central Institute of English, H. 1963. A Preparatory General English Course for Colleges: Social Sciences. Bombay: Orient Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

161

Pittman, G. A. 1960. Preparatory Technical English Classbook and Teacher's Book. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 15/1, p. 41. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-98

Close, R. A. 1967. Prepositions. London: Longman. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Heaton, J. B. 1965. Prepositions and Adverbial Particles. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Candlin, E. F. 1962. Present Day English for Foreign Students Book 1,2,3; Teacher's Book 1,2,3. London: University of London Press. * Book 1, 2, 3 in Dakin Collection. Advertised on back cover of ELT 15/4, Reviewed in ELT 17/1, p. 50, Advertised on back cover of ELT 19/1, Noted in ELT 19/3, p.143, Advertised on back cover of ELT 19/3. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-1

Candlin, F. F. 1962. Present Day English for Foreign Students Teacher's Book 1. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

British, C. 1978. Pre-Sessional Courses for Overseas Students. London: The British Council. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: (Ed.)

Gagg, J. C. 1967. Primary English Course: Preparation Book. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Gagg, J. C. 1967. Primary English Course: Pupils' Book 1. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Gagg, J. C. 1964. Primary English Course: Pupils' Book 3. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Berry, A. 1966. Primary English Course: Pupils' Transition Book. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Thorley, W. 1947. A Primer of English for Foreign Students Parts I and II. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Sweet, H. 1911. A Primer of Spoken English. Oxford: Clarendon. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Palmer, H. E. 1925. The Principles of English Phonetic Notation. Tokyo: IRET. * , In Selected Writings, Vol. 8

Palmer, H. E. 1921. The Principles of Language-Study. London: Oxford University Press. * . 'Reprint of an influential work written in 1921, in which many of the principles

162

and techniques now generally accepted were first advocated. Imporant background reading for those who wish to understand the bases of later techniques of oral practice and grading of material. Contains much forceful practical advice to teachers which remains valid today'. BC Biblio 1965 . Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 115

Palmer, H. E. 1921. The Principles of Language-Study. London: Harrap. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 2). Also in Selected Writings, vol. 1.

Passy, P. and D. Jones. 1912. The Principles of the International Phonetic Association London: The International Phonetic Association * Notes: Dakin collection. Notes: A supplement to the Maitre Phonetique Sep-Oct 1912.

Passy, P. and D. Jones. 1949. The Principles of the International Phonetic Association (1961 reprint). London: The International Phonetic Association * Dakin Collection. Notes: 1984 reprint also held.

Passy, P. and D. Jones. 1949. The Principles of the International Phonetic Association (1984 reprint). London: The International Phonetic Association * Donated by John Spencer. Notes: 1961 reprint also held.

Hope, A. 1939. The Prisoner of Zenda. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Brumfit, C. 1980. Problems and Principles in English Teaching. Oxford: Pergamon. * Donated by Meriel Bloor, Reviewed in ELT 36/2.

Abercrombie, D. 1963. Problems and Principles in Language Study. London: Longmans. * Donated by Janelle Cooper. Notes: 2nd edition. Notes: Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 134; Reprint of a collection of articles (1948-54) in which English teaching problems are related to basic principles of linguistic behaviour rather than to methodology. Includes articles on teaching pronunciation, English accents, making conversation and gesture. 1956 edition in Dakin Collection.

Abercrombie, D. 1956. Problems and Principles: Studies in the Teaching of English as a Foreign Language. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: 'Collection of papers originally published between 1948 and 1954 including:Linguistics and the teacher' teaching pronunciation; English accents; gestures; the use of recording. Teaching problems are related to basic principles of linguistic behaviour rather than to methodology'. BC Biblio 1963Donated by Janelle Cooper. Reviewed in ELT 12/1, p. 33. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-37. Also in Dakin Collection.

Morgan, R. 1959. Proceedings of the Conference on Teaching English Abroad. Washington, D.C.: United States Information Agency, British Council. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Originally owned by Julian Dakin

163

Bywater, F. V. 1969. A Proficiency Course in English. London: University of London Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Hill, L. A. 1969. Programmed English Course. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Hill, L. A. 1966. Programmed English Course Student's Book 1,3, Teacher's Book 1-2, Student's Book 2. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1967. Programmed English Course Student's Book 4. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1966. Programmed English Course Teacher's Book 3. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1967. Programmed English Course Teacher's Book 4. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1970. Programmed English Course: Stage 7-12: Teacher's Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Hill, L. A. 1969. Programmed English Course: Stages 1-6: Pupil's Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Hill, L. A. 1970. Programmed English Course: Stages 1-6: Teacher's Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Hill, L. A. 1970. Programmed English Course: Stages 1-6: Workbook. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Hill, L. A. 1966. Programmed English Course: Stages 1-12. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Preliminary

Hill, L. A. 1969. Programmed English Course: Stages 7-12: Workbook. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Calvin, A. D. E. 1969. Programmed Instruction: Bold New Venture. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. * Dakin Collection.

van Delden, M. 1954. A Progressive Course of English I. Djakarta: Wolters. * Dakin Collection.

van Delden, M. 1954. A Progressive Course of English II. Djakarta: Wolters. * Dakin

164

Collection.

Tomori, S. H. O. and P. Wingard. 1965. Progressive English. Ibadan: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. 1925. Progressive Exercises in the English Phones. Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes: This forming Section II of the “Systematic Pronunciation Exercises Series” of the “Pronunciation Line of Approach” in connection with the Standard Course in preparation by the Institute’. A note in Bulletin 12 (March 1925): 7 indicates that a draft of this work has been completed, and that by the time it is published ‘Section I, called “The English Phones” will also be issued, so that we shall have, in the course of the next two or three months, new material dealing with the “Pronunciation Line of Approach” ‘. However, The English Phones does not appear to have in fact been published. Location: Selected Writings, vol. 8

Byrne, D. 1967. Progressive Picture Compositions. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

British, C. 1980. Projects in Materials Design. London: The British Council. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: (Ed.)

Bhandari, C. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1959. A Pronouncing Vocabulary of English: About Three Thousand, Eight Hundred Useful Words in Phonetic Transcription. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

Mackin, R. 1963. Pronunciation and Spelling through Phonetic Symbols. London: Oxford Univesity Press. * Donated by Peter Collier, Reviewed in ELT 19/4, p. 193.

Trager, E. C. and S. C. Henderson. 1957. Pronunciation Drills for the Learners of English. Washington, D.C.: The American University Language Centre. * Dakin Collection.

Dixson, R. J. and M. E. Clarey. 1947. Pronunciation Exercises in English for the Foreign Born. New York: Regents Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

Jones, D. 1956. The Pronunciation of English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Notes: Donated by John Spencer. Notes: 4th edition. Reviewed in ELT 5/4, p. 110 and in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 7

Burch, G. J. 1911. The Pronunciation of English by Foreigners: A course of lectures to the Students of Norham Hall on the Physiology of Speech. Oxford: Alden , Bocardo Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Jones, D. 1912. The Pronunciation of English: i) Phonetics ii) Phonetic

165

Transcriptions. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Lecturer on Phonetics at University College, London

Jones, D. 1914. The Pronunciation of English: i) Phonetics; ii) Phonetic Transcriptions. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by John Spencer. 2nd edition. Notes:

Jones, D. 1909. The Pronunciation of English: Phonetics and Phonetic Transcription. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * (In Collins, B. and I.M. Mees (Eds). 2003. Daniel Jones: Selected Works. London: Routledge, Volume 1)

Byrne, D. and G. Walsh. 1973. Pronunciation Practice: Student's Workbook. London: Longman.

Bryne, D. and G. Walsh. 1973. pronunciation Practice: Students' Workbook. London: Longman.

Pink, M. A. 1948. Prose Selections with Exercises: A Literary Companion to An English Course for School: First and Second Year. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, F. R. e. 1970. Prosodic Analysis. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Dakin Collection.

Rivers, W. M. 1964. The Psychologist and the Foreign-Language Teacher. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Notes: 'Critical survey of the contributions of psychology to the methodology of language learning and teaching. An appendix provides a useful comparative analysis of recent psychological theories of learning. Bibliography. ' BC Biblio 1965. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 118

Rivers, W. M. 1969. The Psychologist and the Foreign-Language Teacher. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Profesor in French, Modern Languages, Monash University, Melbourne, Australia

West, M. 1958. Punch and Judy at Home. London: Longmans. * Donated by Adam West.

West, M. 1959. Punch and Judy Away. London: Longmans. * Donated by Adam West.

Polturak, H. and I. D. Bamberger. 1961. Pupils' Workbook for Language through Pictures with Texts and Exercises. Tel Aviv: Yavneh Publishing House. * Dakin Collection.

166

Dodd, E. F. 1956. Puss in Boots. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A. 1970. Put in Writing: A Natural Approach to Writing English. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Howatt, A. 1970. Put in Writing: A Natural Approach to Writing English- Teacher's Key. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Brown, T. M. and R. Millar. 1969. Put it in Writing. London: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Brown, T. M. and R. Millar. 1969. Put it in Writing: Teacher's Key. London: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection.

Scobie, J. 1958. Qualifying in English. London: Allen & Unwin. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-62; Practice for standards varying between West Afrcian School Certificate, GCE, qualifying test and to a certain extent, GCE 'O' level

Alexander, L. G. 1967. Question and Answer: Graded Oral Comprehension Exercises. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Spencer, D. H. 1970. Question-Words. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Davis, R. L. 1980. R.S.A. Cert. T.E.F.L. Courses Teacher Training Techniques and Problem Areas. Nonington College: Hilderstone International. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Boad of Secondary Education, K. 1957. Radiant Readers Book 1 for Class VI. Lahore: West-Pak Publishing. * Dakin Collection. Notes: copies with blue and pink covers held Dakin Collection.

Board of Secondary Education, K. 1957. Radiant Readers Book 1 for Class VI. Lahore: West-Pak Publishing. * Dakin Collection. Notes: copies with blue and pink covers held

Board of Secondary Education, K. 1957. Radiant Readers Book 1 for Class VI, Book 2 for Class VII, Book 3 for Class VIII. Lahore: West-Pak Publishing. * Dakin Collection.

Board of Secondary Education, K. 1957. Radiant Readers Book Two for Class VII. Lahore: West-Pak Publishing. * Dakin Collection. Notes: copies with blue and pink covers held

Bevan, R. and J. Bevan. 1979. Rainbow Red. London: Longman.

167

Bevan, R. and J. Bevan. 1979. Rainbow Red Teacher's Guide. London: Longman.

Bevan, R. and J. Bevan. 1980. Rainbow Yellow: Teacher' Guide. London: Longman. * Donated by Meriel Bloor.

McArthur, T. 1973. A Rapid Course in English for Students of Economics. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Praninskas, J. 1957. Rapid Review of English Grammar. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. * Dakin Collection.

Bougeya, F. L. 1940. A Rational Method for Learning English for the Use of Beginners whose Mother Tongue is any other than English. Suez, Egypt: International Press. * Dakin Collection.

Chapman-Taylor, Y. and B. A. Ballard. 1967. Read and Enjoy: A Rapid Reading Practice Book. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Purvis, K. 1978. Read and Note: English Study Skills for Science and Medicine. Students' Book. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Purvis, K. 1978. Read and Note: English Study Skills for Science and Medicine. Teacher's Book. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Berman, M. 1980. Read and Recall: Passages for Advanced Reading Comprehension in English. Oxford: Pergamon Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 35/4, p. 461.

Bhandari, C. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1958. Read and Tell: Book Eight. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

Bhandari, J. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1958. Read and Tell: Book Five. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

Bhandari, C. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1958. Read and Tell: Book Four. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

Bhandari, C. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1958. Read and Tell: Book One. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

Bhandari, C. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1958. Read and Tell: Book Seven. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

168

Bhandari, C. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1958. Read and Tell: Book Six. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

Bhandari, C. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1958. Read and Tell: Book Three. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

Bhandari, C. S, J. W. Spencer and S. K. Ram. 1958. Read and Tell: Book Two. Calcutta: Orient Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer.

Munby, J. 1968. Read and Think: Training in Intensive Reading Skills. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Green, G. 1969. Read, Think and Answer. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in ELT 25/2, p. 200

Green, G. 1969. Read, Think and Answer: Teacher's Edition. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Grant, N. 1970. Read, Think and Do: More Training in Intensive Reading Skills. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Chancellor, W. 1904. Reading and Language Lessons for Evening Schools. New York: American Book Company.

Widdowson, H. G. e. 1980. Reading and Thinking in English: Concepts in Use. Teacher's Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Moore, J. 1980. Reading and Thinking in English: Discourse in Action. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Author Role: (Ed.). Notes: Reviewed in ELT 36/1 Dakin Collection.

Widdowson, H. G. e. 1979. Reading and Thinking in English: Discovering Discourse. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Widdowson, H. G. e. 1979. Reading and Thinking in English: Exploring Functions. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

John, R. 1977. Reading Comprehension Passages 1. London: Collins. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 1

John, R. 1977. Reading Comprehension Passages 2. London: Collins. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 1

169

John, R. 1977. Reading Comprehension Passages 3. London: Collins. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes:.1

Land, G. 1975. Reading Comprehension: Test Papers. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 31/1, p. 81.

Stone, L. 1969. Reading English Objectively 1. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Malone, R. L. 1969. Reading English Objectively 2. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Stone, L. Reading English Objectively Stage 1. Karachi: Macmillan.

Malone, R. L. Reading English Objectively Stage 2. Karachi: Macmillan.

Fry, E. 1963. Reading Faster: A Drill Book. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grant, N. J. H. and S. O. Unoh. 1976. Reading for a Purpose: Applied Reading Skills Training for Secondary School Students. Book One. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grant, N. J. H. and S. O. Unoh. 1977. Reading for a Purpose: Applied Reading Skills Training for Secondary School Students. Book Two. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Lewis, R. D. 1971. Reading for Adults 1. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 1

Chapman, L. J. and P. E. Czerniewska. 1978. Reading from Process to Practice. London: Routledge. * Dakin Collection.

Harris, D. P. 1966. Reading Improvement Exercises for Students of English as a Second Language. Englewood-Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. * Dakin Collection.

Mackay, R, B. Barkman and R. R. e. Jordan. 1979. Reading in a Second Language: Hypotheses, Organization and Practice. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Bond, O. F. 1953. The Reading Method: An Experiment in College French. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

The Language Centre, U. o. M. 1979. Reading Projects- Science. Course Manual

170

(Malaysian Edition). University of Malaya Press. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Special, C. 1961. Reading Through Doing 1,2. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Fitzgerald, S. 1974. Reading your Way to English: Word Study, Structural Notes and Exercises - Book 1,2. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. * 2

Notes: Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 32/3. p. 248.

Lawrence, M. S. 1975. Reading, Thinking, Writing: A Text for Students of English as a Second Language. Michigan: University of Michigan Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Lawrence, M. S. 1975. Reading, Thinking, Writing: A Text for Students of English as a Second Language: Teacher's Manual. Michigan: University of Michigan Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Allen, H. A. 1958. Readings in Applied English Linguistics. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts. * Donated by Hilary Nesi.

Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1968. Realistic English 1. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1968. Realistic English 1: Teacher's Supplement. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.


Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1969. Realistic English 2. Teacher's Supplement. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.


Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1970. Realistic English 3: Teacher's Supplement. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1978. Realistic English Dialogues 1 (New Edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1979. Realistic English Dialogues 3. Oxford: Ozford University Presa. * Dakin Collection.

171

Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1979. Realistic English Drills 2. Oxford: Ozford University Presa. * Dakin Collection.

Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1979. Realistic English Drills 2: Teacher's Edition. Oxford: Ozford University Presa. * Dakin Collection.

Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1979. Realistic English Drills 3. Oxford: Ozford University Presa. * Dakin Collection.

Abbs, B, V. Cook and M. Underwood. 1968. Realistic English Drills: 1. Student's Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Davies, E. and N. Whitney. 1979. Reasons for Reading: Students' Book. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Davies, E. and N. Whitney. 1979. Reasons for Reading: Teacher's Guide. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Council for Cultural, C.-O. 1964. Recent Developments in Modern Language Teaching. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Series Volume ID: 4

Halm, W. and C.-O. Council for Cultural. 1970. The Reception of and Response to Modern Language Teaching Programmes by Television Intended for the General Public. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Series Volume ID: 4

Eckersley, C. E. 1948. Recollections and Adventures. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Trinity College Dublin, British Library?, National Library of Scotland? (COPAC)

Lloyd James, A. 1939. Recommendations to Announcers Regarding the Pronunciation of Some British Family Names and Titles. London: BBC. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Professor of Phonetics, School of Oriental Studies, London

James, A. L. 1936. Recommendations to Announcers Regarding the Pronunciation of Some English Place Names. London: BBC. * Notes: Donated by Peter Collier. Author Role: Professor of Phonetics, School of Oriental Studies, London. 2nd edition

172

Lloyd James, A. 1937. Recommendations to Announcers Regarding the Pronunciation of Some Foreign Place Names. London: BBC. * Notes: Donated by Peter Collier Author Role: Professor of Phonetics, School of Oriental Studies, London

Lloyd James, A. 1935. Recommendations to Announcers Regarding the Pronunciation of Some Northern Irish Place Names. London: BBC. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Professor of Phonetics, School of Oriental Studies, London

Lloyd James, A. 1932. Recommendations to Announcers Regarding the Pronunciation of Some Scottish Place Names. London: BBC. Donated by Peter Collier. * Notes: Author Role: Professor of Phonetics, School of Oriental Studies, London

Lloyd James, A. 1934. Recommendations to Announcers Regarding the Pronunciation of Some Welsh Place Names. London: BBC. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Professor of Phonetics, School of Oriental Studies, London

Wear, G. F. 1938. Red Sea Treasure. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Close, R. A. 1975. A Reference Grammar for Students of English. London: Longman. * Donated by Keith Mitchell , Reviewed in ELT 36/1.

Cowin, T. F. e. 1977. Reference Skills. London: The British Council, English Language Teaching Institute. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Palmer, H. E. 1927. The Reformed English Teaching. Tokyo: IRET. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 2)

The Centre for British, T. 1975. Regions of Britain Students' Book. London: CBT. * Dakin Collection.

The Centre for British, T. 1977. Regions of Britain Teacher's Book. London: CBT. * Dakin Collection.

Gethin, R. H. 1961. Remedial English 1: Comprehension. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Gethin, R. H. 1966. Remedial English 2: Comprehension. London: Oxford University

173

Press. * 2nd edition

Gethin, R. H. 1965. Remedial English 2: Punctuation. London: Oxford University Press. * With notes and key

Wood, F. T. 1968. A Remedial English Grammar for Foreign Students. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1961. Report of a Conference sponsored by the Center for Aplpied Linguistics in cooperation with the Institute of International Education and the National Association of Foreign Student Advisors. Washington, D.C.: Modern Language Association of America. * Dakin Collection.

Commonwealth Education Liaison, C. 1961. Report of the Commonwealth Conference on the Teaching of English as a Second Language. Entebbe, Uganda: Government Printer. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: 56pp; ; Reviewed in ELT 15/4, p. 198

Council for Cultural, C.-O. 1964. Research and Techniques for the Benefit of Modern Language Teaching. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Series Volume ID: 4

Picard, B. L. 1952. The Return of King Odysseus based on The Odyssey of Homer. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Kogl, R. and O. Krasensky. 1952. Review of Our Age as seen by British and American Authors. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

West, A. S. 1921. The Revised English Grammar for Beginners. Cambridge: University of Cambridge Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Author Role: Trinity College, Cambridge. Original Pub Date: 1895

Albrow, K. H. 1968. The Rhythm and Intonation of Spoken English. Programme in Linguistics and English Teaching, 9. London: Communication Research Centre, UCL & Harlow Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection.

Roget, P. M. R. and J. L. Roget. 1924. Roget's Thesarus of English Words and Phrases. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1954. The Rose and the Ring by W.M. Thackeray. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Paine, M. 1972. Round the World. Stage 1- Non Fiction. London: Longman. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

174

Irving, J. 1946. Royal Navalese: A Glossary of Forecastle and Quarterdeck Words and Phrases. London: Arnold. * Dakin Collection.

Daniels, J. C. and H. Diack. 1954. The Royal Road Readers Book 5. London: Chatto and Windus. * Dakin Collection.



Wijk, A. 1966. Rules of Pronunciation for the English Language: An Account of the Relationship between the English Spelling and Pronunciation. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier, Reviewed in ELT 22/2, p. 190.

Milne, B. L. 1950. Sang Kanchil at School. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Downman, L. and P. E. Hammarberg. 1960. Saturday Afternoon and Other Short Stories. Stocholm: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Oksanen, L. and et al. 1975. Say it in English 7: Workbook. Helsinki: Provodo. * Dakin Collection.

Andrews, J. 1977. Say What You Mean in English: Book Two. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Andrews, J. 1975. Say What You Mean in English: Teacher's Edition. With Teacher's Notes. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Hjelmstrom, S. and H. Whyte. 1963. Say What You Mean Student's Book 1. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Hjelmstrom, S. and H. Whyte. 1964. Say What You Mean: How to Speak and Write Good English. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. and A. Wright. 1977. Say What You Think Pupil's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Palmer, H. E. 1917. The Scientific Study and Teaching of Languages. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Roe, P. 1977. Scientific Text: Selections from the Linguistic Evidence presented in

175

a study of Difficulty in Science Textbooks. Birmingham: English Language Research, Birmingham University.

Bbc and C. The British. 1967. The Scientist Speaks: The English of Science and Technology. London: BBC/British Council. * Dakin Collection. (2 copies, with different covers).

Hester, H. and J. Levine. 1969. Scope Stage 1: Reader 1. London: Books for Schools. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.








Hester, H. and J. Levine. 1969. Scope Stage 1: The Teacher's Book. London: Books for Schools. * Dakin Collection: Warwick ELT Archive

Hester, H. and J. Levine. 1972. Scope Stage 2: Homes. London: Books for Schools. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Levine, J. 1974. Scope Stage 2: Homes Work Cards. London: Books for Schools. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Hester, H. and J. Levine. 1972. Scope Stage 2: Travel. London: Books for Schools. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Hester, H. and J. Levine. 1972. Scope Stage 2: Water. London: Books for Schools. *

176

Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Taylor, J. and T. Ingleby. 1974. The Scope Storybook. London: Schools Council Publication. * Dakin Collection.

Sealey, G. and G. Skirrow. 1972. Scope: Out and About in England Students' Book 2. London: School Council Publications.

School Councils, P. 1979. Scope: Ready for Work Workbook (Senior Course). London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1973. Scope: Students' Book 3 Ready for Work. London: Longman.

Bell, C. 1963. Seafaring in English. Oslo: Gyldendal Norsk Forlag. * Published in association with BBC. Donated by Rafael Salguero

Kingsbury, R. and P. O'Shea. 1979. Seasons and People and Other Songs. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Berlitz, M. D. 1903. Second Book for Teaching Modern Languages. English Part for Adults. Berlin: Cronbach. * Additionally, in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds.) 2000. Foundations of Foreign Language Teaching: Nineteenth-century Innovators. London: Routledge, Volume 5.

Hill, L. A. and P. R. Popkin. 1969. A Second Crossword Puzzle Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. 1933. Second Interim Report on English Collocations- submitted to the Tenth Annual Conference of English Teachers under the auspices of the Institute for Research in English Teaching. Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. 3rd edition (1935) Notes: 1st ed. not seen. All details from 3rd edition ed, where the Second Report is described as a ‘thoroughly revised and considerably updated edition’ of a mimeographed (unpublished) ‘tentative document containing the classified English irregular col Locations’ which was distributed ‘to members of the Board [of Administration] and others for suggestions and supplements’ (in October 1931, according to Bulletin 78 (Sept.Oct, 1931): 9). In 1934cc (p. 20), Palmer notes that this mimeographed ‘First Interim Report’ consisted simply of the rough draft of a collection of col Locations ‘culled for the most part from Saito’s Idiomological Dictionary’. As Bongers 1947: 222 notes, no copies of this ‘First Report’ appear to have survived. Location: 3rd edition Selected Writings, vol. 9.

1953. Second International Conference of the University Profesors of English. Paris: Dakin Collection.

177

Wilkins, D. A. 1974. Second Language Learning and Teaching. Arnold. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 30/1, p. 86

Sweet, H. 1892. Second Middle English Primer: Extracts from Chaucer. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Notes: Dakin Collection. Notes: 2nd edition

Hill, L. A. 1972. A Second Reading Book. London: Oxford University Press.

Grant, N. J. H. and D. O. Olagoke. 1978. Secondary English Project Teacher's Book 3. London: Longmans.

Grant, N. J. H, D. O. Olagoke and K. R. Southern. 1976. Secondary English Project: An English Course for Secondary Schools in West Africa: Book 1. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grant, N. J. H, D. O. Olagoke and K. R. Southern. 1977. Secondary English Project: An English Course for Secondary Schools in West Africa: Book 2. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grant, N. J. H, D. O. Olagoke and K. R. Southern. 1976. Secondary English Project: Teacher's Book for Year One. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Grant, N. J. H, D. O. Olagoke and K. R. Southern. 1977. Secondary English Project: Teacher's Book for Year Two. Longman: Notes: Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Herrington, J. O. A. and E. M. Milne. 1961. Secondary School English Book 1. London: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-41 Book 1, 2 (1961) in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Herrington, J. O. A. and E. M. Milne. 1961. Secondary School English Book 2. London: Heinemann. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-41 Book 1, 2 (1961) in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Etherton, A. R. B. 1960. Secondary School English Course for Malaya Book 1. London: Longmans. * Reviewed in ELT 15/4, p. 191. Reviewed in OE 33/2, p. 102. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-47 Book 1, Teacher's Book 1 in Dakin Collection.

Etherton, A. R. B. 1960. Secondary School English Course for Malaya Books 1,2 and Teacher's Book 1,2. London: Longmans. * Reviewed in ELT 15/4, p. 191. Reviewed in OE 33/2, p. 102. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-47 Book 1, Teacher's Book 1 in Dakin Collection.

Etherton, A. R. B. 1960. Secondary School English Course for Malaya Teacher's Book 1. London: Longmans. * Reviewed in ELT 15/4, p. 191. Reviewed in OE 33/2, p.

178

102. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-47 Book 1, Teacher's Book 1 in Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. 1966. Seeking Jesus in his Teachings. * Donated by Frances Stacey.

Faucett, L. 1967. Seeking Krishna in his Teachings. * Donated by Frances Stacey.

Faucett, L. Seeking the Moral Wisdom of the Founders of American Government. * Donated by Frances Stacey.

Faucett, L. 1975. Seeking the Wisdom Writings of Ancient Egypt. Notes: Donated by Frances Stacey.

Fries, C. C. e. 1953. Selected Articles from Language Learning Series I: English as a Foreign Language. Ann Arbor, Michigan: The Research Club. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Formerly belonged to Ronald Mackin.

Hill, L. A. 1967. Selected Articles on the Teaching of English as a Foreign Language. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: Two sizes held in the archive.

Hill, L. A. 1967. Selected Articles on the Teaching of English as a Foreign Language. London: Oxford University Press. * Two sizes held in the archive.

Hampden, J. 1951. Selected English Stories Volume I. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Ball, W. J. 1955. Selected Texts of Modern Dialogue. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 10/2, p. 81. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-28 Dakin Collection.

Moorwood, H. e. 1978. Selections from 'Modern English Teacher'. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

French, F. G. 1938. Self-Help Exercises for Practice in English Book One. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 10/2, p. 113. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-10 Book I, II, III in CELTE Dakin Collection.

French, F. G. 1938. Self-Help Exercises for Practice in English Book Three. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 10/2, p. 113. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-10 Book I, II, III in CELTE Dakin Collection.

Simpson, H. C. and E. H. Wilson. 1955. A Senior Anthology of Poetry for Schools in South-East Asia. London: Macmillan. Dakin Collection. Notes: Author Role: (Ed.) 1952 edition reviewed in ELT 7/4, p. 145. Date and Place of Publication from British Library

179

Catalogue

Cooper, M. and J. Cooper. 1980. Senior English Reading. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Singh, M. and H. McCree. 1974. Senior English Writing: A Secondary Composition Course. Book Two. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

The Centre for British, T. 1976. Settings and Scenes Students' Book. London: CBT. * Dakin Collection.

The Centre for British, T. 1976. Settings and Scenes Teacher's Book. London: CBT. * Dakin Collection.

Wells, H. G. 1953. Seven Stories. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Frisby, A. W. and H. R. Cheeseman. 1956. The Ship English Course. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Books 1-4, Teacher's Books 1-4. Reviewed in OE 29/2, p. 89. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-33 Teacher's Book 1-4 in Dakin Collection.

Baker, A. 1977. Ship or Sheep? Introducing English Pronunciation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Wear, G. F. 1955. Shirley by Charlotte Bronte. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Sommersten, K. 1954. A Short Grammar of Modern English. Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Treble, H. A. 1937. Short Stories Retold. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Kennedy, B. H. 1906. The Shorter Latin Primer. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Hoey, M. 1979. Signalling in Discourse. Birmingham: English Language Research.

Lee, W. R. and H. Coppen. 1964. Simple Audio-Visual Aids to Foreign Language Teaching. London: Oxford University Press. * Simply written handbook for use in teacher training colleges, primarily intended for teachers of English as a foreign language. Part I outlines the usefulness of audio-visual aids in general and discusses in detail oral work, reading and writing. Part II deals with the making of simple aids such as picture and reading materials, flannelboards and puppets. Donated by John Eckersley

180

Dakin Collection. 2nd edition- . Reviewed in ELT 20/1, p. 91. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 122

Macnee, E. A. 1931. A Simple English Grammar with Exercises. London: Oxford University Press.

Jones, A. M. 1940. A Simple Practical Grammar Book One. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Jones, A. M. 1944. A Simple Practical Grammar Book Two. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Herbert, D. and G. Sturtridge. 1977. Simulations. London: British Council. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Herbert, D. and G. Sturtridge. 1979. Simulations. London: British Council. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading. Notes: A Teaching Aid devised by the English Language Teaching Institute. Reviewed in ELT 35/4, p. 460 mentioned as published in 1980

Khamisani, A. 1975. Sind's Contribution to English. Sind, Pakistan: University of Sind.

Hedquist, D. 1969. Sing. Halmstad: Sveriges Radio. * Dakin Collection.

Green, M. 1956. Sir Walter Scott: Kenilworth. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Orozco, C. R. and N. Coe. 1975. Situation and Action 2: Tests. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Sweeting, A. E. 1967. Situational Composition. Eastern Africa: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Judith Kennedy ; Reviewed in ELT 24/2, p. 197.

Ockenden, M. 1972. Situational Dialogues. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit and Vivian Cook.

Commonwealth of, A. and D. o. E. a. Science. 1968. Situational English for Newcomers to Australia: Part 1. Students' Book. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. * Australian

Notes: Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Commonwealth of, A. and S. Department of Education and. 1969. Situational English for Newcomers to Australia: Part 2. Students' Book. Canberra: Australian

181

Goverment Publishing Service. * Donated by Janelle Cooper. Notes: Australian

Commonwealth of, A. and S. Department of Education and. 1970. Situational English for Newcomers to Australia: Part 3. Students' Book. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. * Donated by Janelle Cooper. Notes: Austrailan

Commonwealth of, A. and S. Department of Education and. 1970. Situational English for Newcomers to Australia: Part 3. Teacher's Book. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Commonwealth Office of, E. 1965. Situational English Teacher's Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: (Australia). Book 1, Teacher's Book 1- Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 163

Commonwealth Office of, E. 1965. Situational English: Part 1. Students' Book. Sydney: Longman. * 2 copies in. Donated by SLALS, University of Reading; Vivan Cook.

Commonwealth Office of, E. 1966. Situational English: Part 2. Students' Book. Sydney: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Commonwealth Office of, E. 1966. Situational English: Part 2. Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Commonwealth Office of, E. 1967. Situational English: Part 3. Students' Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Commonwealth Office of, E. 1967. Situational English: Part 3. Teacher's Book. London: Longmans. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Kobylanski, M. 1965. Situational English: Podrecznik Frazeologii Angielskiej. Warszawa: Panstwowe. * Dakin Collection.

Dudt, C. T. 1952. Six Famous Princesses of Islam. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Bright, J. A. 1965. Six Short Plays. London: Longman. * Donated by Rafael Salguele Dakin Collection. - 1956.

Alexander, L. G. 1962. Sixty Steps to Precis: A New Approach to Summary-Writing for Overseas Students. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: second edition 1970 also held . Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-26

Alexander, L. G. 1970. Sixty Steps to Precis: A New Approach to Summary-Writing

182

for Overseas Students. London: Longman. Dakin Collection. Notes: second edition. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-26

University of Malaya English for Special Purposes, P. 1980. Skills for Learning Foundation: International Edition. Walton-on-Thames: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Morrow, K. 1980. Skills for Reading: With Extracts from The New Scientist. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Dodd, E. F. 1954. The Snake-Charmer and Other Stories. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Richards, I. A. 1960. So Much Nearer: Essays Towards a World English. New York: Harcourt Brace.

Pride, J. B. 1971. The Social Meaning of Language. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Donated by Peter Collier.

Pride, J. B. 1971. The Social Meaning of Language. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Mason, R. J. and H. e. Wakefield. 1955. Socrates: The Man and His Teaching. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Smith, E. and E. J. Trelawny. 1937. Some Adventures of a Younger Son. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Committee for Out-of-School Education and Cultural Development, C. o. E. 1977. Some Methodological Implications of Waystage and Threshold Level. Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Co-Operation. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. 1927. Some Specimens of English Phonetic Transcription (with intonation and key). Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes:In Selected Writings, vol. 8.

Dakin, J. 1968. Songs and Rhymes for the Teaching of English: Pupil's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Dakin, J. 1968. Songs and Rhymes for the Teaching of English: Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

‘Liason’. 1944. Sound Advice for Students of English. London: Longmans, Green. * Dakin Collection.

183

Mortimer, C. 1975. Sound Right! Selected Sounds in Conversation. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 30/2, p. 175.

Uldall, E. 1966. The Sound Systems of the Main Nigerian Languages and English. Ibadan: University of Ibadan Press. * Dakin Collection.

Maley, A. and A. Duff. 1975. Sounds Interesting. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 32/2, p. 165.

Rippmann, W. 1910. The Sounds of Spoken English. London: Dent. Notes: Donated by John Spencer. Notes: 4th edition

Passy, P. 1887. The Sounds of the French Language: Their Formation, Combination and Representation. Oxford: The Clarendon Press. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 1)

Centre for Information on Language Teaching and, R. 1973. The Space Between: English and Foreign Languages at School. London: CILT. * Dakin Collection.

Benhamou, E. and P. Dominique. 1973. Speak English. Paris: Fernand. * Dakin Collection.

Wright, J. 1973. Speaking English: Book 1. Speech Practice Materials for Intermediate and Advanced Learners, Book 2. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 30/1, p. 84.

Wright, J. 1973. Speaking English: Book 2. Drills and Dialogues. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

English Language, S. 1966. Special English 1: Medicine. New York: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by Rafael Salguero.

English Language, S. 1966. Special English 2: Medicine. New York: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by Rafael Salguero.

English Language, S. 1966. Special English Aviation Book 1. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

English Language, S. 1966. Special English Aviation Book 2: Radiotelephony. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Strevens, P. 1972. Special English Book 1: Safaring. London: Macmillan. * Dakin

184

Collection.

English Language, S. 1966. Special English: Engineering: Book 1: Mechanical and Civil Engineering. New York: Collier Macmillan. * Donated by Christiopher Brumfit.

Palmer, H. E. 1927. Specimen of one Complete Unit in the Reader System. Tokyo: IRET. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 5)

Ripman, W. 1908. Specimens of English. London: Dent. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 7. Ths is a companion volume to English Phonetics.

Burniston, C. 1967. Speech for Life. Oxford: Pergamon. * Dakin Collection.

Sansom, C. Speech of our Time. London: Claridge, Lewis and Jordan.

Clark, A. M. 1947. Spoken English. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd. Notes: 2nd edition. Reviewed in OE 19/3, p. 715 Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Wilkinson, A, A. Davies and D. Atkinson. 1965. Spoken English. Birmingham: University of Birmingham. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Thomson, D. T. and R. J. Lyons. 1959. Spoken English Book 1 (International Edition). Kyoto, Japan: English Academy. * Dakin Collection.

Ristinen, E. K. and V. E. Hanzeli. 1957. Spoken English for Hungarian Students I, II. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University. * Dakin Collection.

Shillan, D. 1954. Spoken English: A Short Guide to English Speech. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 9/1, p.37. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-84

Clark, M. 1954. Spoken English: An Idiomatic Grammar for Foreign Students. Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd. * 3rd edition. Reviewed in ELT 1/1, p. 25.

Strevens, P. 1956. Spoken Language: An Introduction for Teachers and Students in Africa. London: Longmans. * 'Directed at teachers in Afrcia, but of interest to all teachers of English. Considerations on the nature of language with special reference to the position of English and other languages in Africa. Practical problems of teaching and teacher training are discussed; chapter on aural aids. Bibliography and a selected list of gramophone records for use in speech training'. (BC Biblio 1963). Reviewed in OE 29/1, p. 90. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-63.

185

Chowdhury, A. W. K. and S. K. Gupta. The Standard English Reader Book III. Dacca: Book Centre. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Date of Publication is before 1971 since the country is referred to as East Pakistan and not Bangladesh

Palmer, H. E, E. K. Venables and A. S. Hornby. 1930. The Standard English Readers for Girls. Book One. Tokyo: IRET. * Donated by Richard Smith. Notes: Books Two to Five were not produced until probably 1932 (cf. 1933w). Location: IRLT Library

Abbs, B. and I. Freebairn. 1977. Starting Strategies: Strategies 1. An Integrated Language Course for Beginners of English. London: Longman. * Donated by Brian Abbs.

Kernan, D. 1962. Steps to English 1. Islamabad: National Book Foundation.

Kernan, D. 1962. Steps to English 1 Workbook. Islamabad: National Book Foundation.

Kernan, D. 1974. Steps to English 2. Islamabad: McGraw Hill.

Kernan, D. 1974. Steps to English 2 Workbook. Islamabad: McGraw Hill.





Kernan, D. 1975. Steps to English 5. Islamabad: National Book Foundation.

Kernan, D. 1974. Steps to English 5 Workbook. Islamabad: National Book Foundation.

Ahsan, S. A. 1950. Steps to English: Intended for Class V. Dacca, East Pakistan: Kasem. * Dakin Collection.

The British, C. 1967. Steps to Spoken English Book 1: A Graded Course for Spanish-speaking Students. London: The British Council. * Dakin Collection.

The British, C. 1968. Steps to Spoken English Book 2: A Graded Course for Spanish-speaking Students. London: The British Council. * Dakin Collection.

The British, C. 1969. Steps to Spoken English Book 3: A Graded Course for

186

Spanish-speaking Students. London: The British Council. * Dakin Collection.

The British, C. 1967. Steps to Spoken English: Teacher's Book 1. London: The British Council. * Dakin Collection.

The British, C. 1968. Steps to Spoken English: Teacher's Book 2. London: The British Council. * Dakin Collection.

Treanor, K. R. W. e. 1972. Stories for Students about Swaziland Long Ago. Mbabane: Swaziland Ministry of Education. * A collection of stories adapted from entries to a short story contest

Dodd, E. F. 1956. Stories from Ceylon. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1954. Stories from Famous Poems. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1955. Stories from Greek Myths. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. and A. S. Hornby. 1939. Stories from Grimm. (1939) (Junior Series). London: Harrap. * Thousand-word English series , In Bodleian Library, British Library (COPAC).

Gallyon, R. N. 1959. Stories from Papua. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

West, M. and B. Heaton. 1966. Stories from Shakespeare. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Wyatt, H. G. 1935. Stories from Shakespeare. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Kates, N. 1940. The Stories of Shakespeare's Plays. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Wyatt, H. G. and D. Fullerton. 1939. The Stories of Shakespeare's Plays Volume I. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Urling-Smith, F. M. 1937. Stories of Sindbad the Sailor. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Jespersen, O. 1909. Storre Engelsk Grammatik. Nordisk: Forlag. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1956. The Story of Sir Ronald Ross. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

187

Abbs, B, A. Ayton and I. Freebairn. 1975. Strategies: Integrated English Language Materials. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Abbs, B, A. Ayton and I. Freebairn. 1975. Strategies: Pre-Intermediate Course Materials for Creative Language Development (Teacher's Book). London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Abbs, B, A. Ayton and I. Freebairn. 1975. Strategies: Pre-Intermediate Course Materials for Creative Language Development (Teacher's Book). London: Longman.

Hartley, B. and P. Viney. 1979. Streamline English. Connections (Teacher's Edition). London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hartley, B. and P. Viney. 1978. Streamline English. Departures. London: Oxford University Press. * Reviewed in ELT 35/3, p. 360

Hartley, B. and P. Viney. 1980. Streamline English. Departures Workbook A (Units 1-40). London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Hartley, B. and P. Viney. 1978. Streamline English. Departures Workbook B. London: Oxford University Press.

Hartley, B. and P. Viney. 1980. Streamline English. Departures Workbook B (Units 41-80). London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Viney, P. and B. Hartley. 1978. Streamline English: An Intensive English Course for Beginners (Teacher's Edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Laubach, F. C. 1945. Streamlined English Lessons. New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Laubach, F. C. 1955. Streamlined English:Revised Edition New York: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1965. Stress and Intonation Step by Step. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

O'Connor, J. D. 1959. Stress, Rhythm and Intonation (adapted from A Course of English Pronunciation). London: BBC. * Dakin Collection.

O'Connor, J. D. 1963. Stress, Rhythm and Intonation (adapted from A Course of English Pronunciation). London: BBC. * second edition

188

Notes: first edition (1959) also held Dakin Collection.

Whitehall, H. 1951. Structural Essentials of English. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Kruizinga, K. 1962. Structural Reader 1-3. Singapore/Kuala Lumpur: Federal Publications. * Dakin Collection.

Greig, J. Y. T. 1950. Structure and Meaning Part 1: A Textbook of English Grammar for Schools in South Africa. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Greig, J. Y. T. 1950. Structure and Meaning Part 2: A Textbook of English Grammar for Schools in South Africa. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Fries, C. C. 1952. The Structure of English: An Introduction to the Construction of English Sentences. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Author Role: Professor of English and Director of the English Language Institute of the University of Michigan. In OE, Details of Publication are London: Longmans, pp. 304. Reviewed in OE 30/4, p. 185

Herbert, A. J. 1965. The Structure of Technical English. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 20/3, p. 292. Noted in BC Biblio 1865, No. 216.

Pattison, B. 1951. Studies in Education 4: English Teaching in the World Today. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Trager, G. L. and H. L. Smith. 1957. Studies in Linguistics: Occasional Papers 3: An Outline of English Structure. Washington: American Council of Learned Societies. * Dakin Collection.

Abercrombie, D. 1965. Studies in Phonetics and Linguistics. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

British, C. 1980. Study Modes and Academic Development of Overseas Students. London: The British Council. * (Ed.)

Notes: Donated by Christiopher Brumfit.

Author unknown. 1967. The Study of English in India. Delhi: Government of India. * Extent of Work: 271pp

189

Notes: Report of a study group submitted in 1965 Dakin Collection.

Wallace, M. J. 1980. Study Skills in English. London: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Wallace, M. J. 1980. Study Skills in English: Tutor's Book. London: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Yorkey, R. C. 1970. Study Skills: for Students of English as a Second Language. McGraw-Hill. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Heaton, J. B. 1975. Studying in English: A Practical Approach to Study Skills in English as a Second Language. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

De Maar, H. G. Stukken Ter Vertaling in het Engels. Djakarta: Groningen. * Dakin Collection.

Mackin, R. e. 1973. A Subject Analysis of the Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. Volume 1. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Mackin, R. 1973. A Subject Analysis of the Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. Volume 2. London: Oxford University Press. * (ed.)

Notes: Donated by Peter Collier.

Mackin, R. 1973. A Subject Analysis of the Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. Volume 3. London: Oxford University Press. * (ed.)

Notes: Donated by Peter Collier.



Baird, A, G. Broughton, D. Cartwright and G. Roberts. 1968. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. A First Reader. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: 1972 Reprint, with different cover from 1968 original.

190

Baird, A, G. Broughton, D. Cartwright and G. Roberts. 1968. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. A First Reader. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. 1968. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Coursebook 1. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes:1971 Reprint of 1968 edition, with different cover.

Broughton, G. 1968. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Coursebook 1. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. 1969. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Coursebook 2. Harmondsworth: Penguin Education. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. 1970. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Coursebook 3. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. 1969. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Crossword Book. Harmondsworth: Penguin. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. 1971. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Objective Test: Book 1. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.



Author unknown. 1970. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Outlook: Artists Talking. Five Artists talk to Anthony Schooling. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Parry, J. 1970. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Outlook: Science at Work. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Barnett, J. A. 1969. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Tapescripts 2: Success with English. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: Author Role: (ed.)

Barnett, J. A. and J. e. Parry. 1970. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Tapescripts 3. Harmondsworth: Penguin Education. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

191

Barnett, J. A, G. Broughton and T. Greenwood. 1968. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Teachers' Handbook 1. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. and T. Greenwood. 1969. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Teachers' Handbook 2. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. and T. Greenwood. 1970. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Teachers' Handbook 3. Harmondsworth: Penguin. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Broughton, G. 1968. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Workbook. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes:1970 reprint of 1968 'Workbook 1', with different cover and slightly different title.

Broughton, G. 1968. Success with English. The Penguin English Course. Workbook 1. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Barnett, J. A. E. 1968. Success with English: Tapescripts 1. Hammondsworth: Penguin. * Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage A. Cinderella and Rapunzel. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: At least 21 different readers for ‘stages A to D’, e.g. Stories of Greece (1933; later translated into two East African languages, 1958, London: Oxford University Press in association with East African Literature Bureau); The Good Little Men, and Other Stories (1933), A Tale of Two Cities (1934), Pilgrim’s Progress (1934), Stage A. The Prince with the Golden Hair, etc. (1935 or 1936), Stage B. Rip van Winkle retold, The King of the Golden River retold (1935 or 1936), Stage D. David Livingstone in East Africa (with G.C. Lathan) (1935 or 1936). [‘1935 or 1936’ books according to University of London, Institute of Education Annual Report, 19351936].New editions under the series title ‘Oxford Rapid English Readers’, with different exercises, were published from 1935 onwards; 2nd edition of (some of?) these, under series title ‘Oxford English Books’, adapted by IsabJanelle Frémont, 1952 onwards. The Prince with the Golden Hair and King Bird-Head in Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage A. Nine Fables. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage A. Robin Hood and other Stories. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

192

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage A. The Good Little Men and other Stories. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage B. King of the Golden River. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage B. New Testament Stories. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1936. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage B. Rip van Winkle. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage B. Stories from English History. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1936. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage B. Stories of Greece. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1935. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage B. Stories of Rome. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1934. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage C. Tales from the Arabian Nights. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1934. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage C. the Great Stone Face. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1934. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage C. The Purloined Letter. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1934. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage C. The Tempest. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

193

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1936. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage D. David Livingstone in East Africa. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and F. M. Urling-Smith. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage D. Mungo Park in Africa. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1934. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage D. Pilgrim's Progress. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1933. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage D. The Merchant of Venice. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Faucett, L. and M. G. M. Faucett. 1934. Supplementary Readers to the Oxford English Course. Stage D. Tom Brown's Schooldays. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: See above.

Dakin, J. 1971. A Survey of English Course for Immigrant Teachers. London: Centre for Information on Language Teaching. * Donated by Meriel Bloor. Notes: CILT Reports and Papers 5.

Terurai, R. P. Syllabus Bahasa Inggeris. Djakarta: Djawatan Pendidikan Umum. * Dakin Collection.

Terurai, R. P. 1958. Syllabus Bahasa Inggeris. Djakarta: Djawatan Pendidikan Umum. * Dakin Collection.

1954. Syllabus Bahasa Inggeris: Sekolah Landjutan Tingkatan Pertama Kl. 1. Djakarta: Djawatan Pengadjaran. * Dakin Collection.

1954. Syllabus Bahasa Inggeris: Sekolah Landjutan Tingkatan Pertama Kl. 1. Teacher's Book. Djakarta: Djawatan Pengadjaran. * Dakin Collection.

The Curriculum Development, C. 1976. Syllabus for Primary School: English (Primary 1-6). Hong Kong: The Curriculum Development Committee.

The Curriculum Development, C. 1975. Syllabus for Secondary Schools: Provisional Syllabus for English (Forms I-V). Hong Kong: The Curriculum Development Committee.

194

Chomsky, N. 1972. Syntactic Structures. The Hague: Mouton.

Ogden, C. 1934. The System of Basic English. New York: Harcourt Brace.

Palmer, H. E. 1925. Systematic Exercises in English Sentence-Building Stage II. Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Selected Writings, Vol. 5.

Richards, W. H. 1960. Systematic Spelling. London: Evans. * Dakin Collection.

Ek, J. A. v. 1975. Systems Development in Adult Language Learning: The Threshold level in a European Unit/Credit System for Modern Language Learning by Adults. Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Co-operation of the Council of Europe. * Donated by Janelle Cooper, Reviewed in ELT 31/4, p. 334.

Ek, J. A. v. 1980. Systems Development in Adult Language Learning: The Threshold level in a European Unit/Credit System for Modern Language Learning by Adults. Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Co-operation of the Council of Europe. * Dakin Collection.

Lawrence, G. 1965. Take a Look. Oxford: Pergamon. * Dakin Collection.

Johnston, R. and B. Carlisle. 1978. Take Five: Games and Activities for the Language Teacher. London: The Centre for British Teachers. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Berman, M. 1980. Take Note: Materials for Aural Comprehension and Note-Taking in English. Oxford: Pergamon Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 35/4, p. 462.

Brorstrom, S. 1956. Tala engelska naturligt. Stockholm: Carlsons Bokforlags. * Donated by John Eckersley.

Wyatt, H. G. 1940. The Tale of the Bounty. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1960. The Tale of the Nibelungs. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Smith, E. 1949. A Tale of Two Cities by Charles Dickens. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Parnwell, E. C. 1937. Tales from Gulliver's Travels. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Binfield, R. D. 1949. Tales from Over the Sea. London: Oxford University Press. *

195

Dakin Collection.

Green, M. 1955. Tales from the Ramayana. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 10/3, p. 44

Binfield, R. D. 1951. Tales from Tolstoy. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Saran, M. and G. F. Wear. 1956. Tales of Birbal. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Treanor, K. R. W. e. 1974. Tales of Chakijane. Mbabane: Swaziland Ministry of Education. * A collection of stories adapt from entries to a short story contest

Fullerton, D. 1938. Tales of the Ancients. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Abdy, D. C. 1938. Tales of the Northmen. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Dickens, C. and A. Sweaney. 1938. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) : A Christmas Carol. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Dickens, C. and F. Page. 1937. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) : Great Expectations. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Strang, H. 1938. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) : Humphrey Bold. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Treble, H. A. 1937. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) : Short Stories Retold. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Trelawney, E. J. and E. Smith. 1937. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) : Some Adventures of a Younger Son. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Urling-Smith, F. M. 1937. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) : Stories of Sindbad the Sailor. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

196

Binfield, R. D. 1949. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) : Tales from over the Sea. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Reade, C. 1937. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) :A Good Fight. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Eliot, G. and J. Page. 1938. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) :Adam Bede. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Swift, J. and E. C. Parnwell. 1937. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) :Tales from Gulliver's Travels. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Fullerton, D. 1938. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) :Tales of the Ancients London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Abdy, D. 1938. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (First Series) :Tales of the Northmen. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Wear, G. F. 1939. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (Second Series) : Lost in Sinai. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Wear, G. F. 1946. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (Second Series) : More Tales of Crime and Detection. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Wear, G. F. 1938. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (Second Series) : Red Sea Treasure. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Christie, A. and G. F. Wear. 1948. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (Second series) : the Murder of Roger Ackroyd. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Wear, G. F. 1939. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (Second Series) : The Stories of Shakepeare's Plays Volume I. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

197

Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Wear, G. F. 1940. Tales Retold for Easy Reading (Second Series) : The Stories of Shakepeare's Plays Volume II. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-29 First series: 17 titles, Second series: 16 titles

Jupp, T. C, J. Milne and P. Plowright. 1970. Talk English: Conversation Situations and Oral Practice for Intermediate Students. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Jupp, T. C, J. Milne and P. Plowright. 1970. Talk English: Conversation Situations and Oral Practice for Intermediate Students. Teachers and Private Students Book. London: Heinemann. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Alexander, L. G. 1978. Talk it Over: Discussion Topcs for Intermediate Students. New York: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

O'Reilly, M, P. E. Moran and N. Ferguson. 1975. Talking Business: Further English for Business People. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

MacCarthy, P. A. D. 1972. Talking of Speaking: Papers in Applied Phonetics. London: Oxford University Press. * Paperback also in CELTE.

MacCarthy, P. A. D. 1972. Talking of Speaking: Papers in Applied Phonetics. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Ockenden, M. 1977. Talking Points. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Matthews, A. and C. Read. 1980. Tandem: Communicative Practice Materials for Post-Elementary and Intermediate Students of English. Porto: Publisher Unknown. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Alexander, L. G, J. Tadman and R. H. Kingsbury. 1972. Target 1: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools. Pupils' Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Alexander, L. G, J. Tadman and R. H. Kingsbury. 1973. Target 1: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools. Tapescript. London: Longman. * Donated by Sheena Gardner.

Alexander, L. G, J. Tadman and R. H. Kingsbury. 1972. Target 1: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools. Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Donated by Sheena Gardner.

198

Alexander, L. G, J. Tadman and R. H. Kingsbury. 1977. Target 1: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools. Workbook. London: Longman. * Donated by Sheena Gardner.

Kingsbury, R. H, J. Tadman and L. G. Alexander. 1974. Target 2: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Ronty, A. 1977. Target 2: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools. Exercises. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Kingsbury, R. H, J. Tadman and L. G. Alexander. 1974. Target 2: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools. Tapescript. London: Longman. * Donated by Sheena Gardner.

Kingsbury, R. H, J. Tadman and L. G. Alexander. 1975. Target 3: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools Teacher's Book. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Alexander, L. G, J. Tadman and R. H. Kingsbury. 1978. Target 3: An Audio-Visual English Course for Secondary Schools. Workbook. London: Longman. * Donated by Sheena Gardner.

Holden, S. e. 1979. Teacher Training. London: Modern English Publications. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Hill, L. A. and M. Dobbyn. 1979. A Teacher Training Course. London: Cassel. * Donated by Meriel Bloor, Reviewed in ELT 35/1, p. 74.

Author unknown. 1962. Teacher’s Handbook for Standard V English. Madras, India: Govt.of Madras. * Dakin Collection.

Lee, W. R. 1971. Teacher's Book 3. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Bureau of Public, S. 1960. Teacher's Guide for English in Grade II. Manila: Bureau of Public Schools, Philipene Center for Language Study. * Dakin Collection.

Bureau of Public, S. 1963. Teacher's Guide for English in Grade III. Manila: Bureau of Public Schools, Philipene Center for Language Study. * Dakin Collection.

Jones, J. K. 1967. The Teacher's Manual. London: Nelson. * Dakin Collection.

Fries, C. C. 1945. Teaching and Learning English as a Foreign Language. Ann

199

Arbor, Michigan: University of Michgan Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Softback. Hardback edition also held. Volume ID: Number 1. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-50. 'Well known exposition of theory and techniques, based on the findings of descriptive linguistics, and stressing the oral approach. Discusses learning a foreign language as an adult, the sound system- contrasting sound features, consonant clusters and intonation curves being dealt with in detail, the teaching of functional grammar through structures, mastering vocabulary- postulating the divisions, function words, substitute words, words used to express the absence or presence of a negative and content words, and giving examples and guidance on vocabulary grading. Final chapter on contextual orientation, with examples. Appendices include procedures for marking limited intonation and sample lesson materials from the beginners text, Ingles por practica'. BC Biblio 1963.

Fries, C. C. 1945. Teaching and Learning English as a Foreign Language. Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michgan Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Hardback. Softback edition also held.

Fries, C. C. 1948. Teaching and Learning English as a Foreign Language. Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michgan Press. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Softtback. Hardback edition also held.

Broughton, G, C. Brumfit, R. Flavell, P. Hill and A. Pincas. 1978. Teaching English as a Foreign Language. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. * Donated by Janelle Cooper, Reviewed in ELT 34/3, p. 237.

Gauntlett, J. O. 1957. Teaching English as a Foreign Language. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 13/4, p. 184. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-54. 'Based chiefly on experience with Japanese learners and teachers of English. Examines the aims of an English language course, and then surveys principles and methods. Covers psychological problems, phonetics and tonetics, and the teaching of idiomatic along with structural sentences and phrases. Includes evaluation of contributions to teaching theory by other writers'. BC Biblio 1963. Donated by Peter Collier.

Gurrey, P. 1955. Teaching English as a Foreign Language. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by A.P. Cowie. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 10/2: p. 83. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-55. National Library of Scotland, Liverpool ; Oxford ; Southampton, Nottingham (COPAC).'Practical and detailed suggestions based partly on experience in West Africa. Stresses the need for clearly thought out particular objectives, as well as broad aims. Covers most aspects of classroom work including oral work, mime and acting, grammar teaching, reading aloud and silently, composition, literature. Closely related to the practical needs of secondary schools'. (BC Biblio 1963)

Allen, H. B. 1965. Teaching English as a Second Language. New York: McGraw-Hill.

200

* Author Role: (Ed)

Campbell, R. N. and H. B. Allen. 1965. Teaching English as a Second Language Second Edition. New York: McGraw. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Bright, J. A. and G. P. McGregor. 1970. Teaching English as a Second Language: Theory and Techniques for the Secondary Stage. London: Longman. * Donated by Liza Sandell, Reviewed in ELT 26/2, p. 208.

French, F. G. 1963. Teaching English as an International Language. London: Oxford University Press. * Simply written but comprehensive description of teaching techniques, designed for the overseas teacher. Contains much valubale advice on the conduct of lessons, preparation of materials and the use of various types of exercises. Applies mostly to primary and secondary school class-teaching. (The Teacher's Bookshelf); Noted in ELT 18/2, p. 94. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1965, No. 136

West, M. 1960. Teaching English in Difficult Circumstances: Teaching English as a Foreign Language with Notes on the Techniques of Textbook Construction. London: Longmans. * Donated by John Spencer. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 15/4. p. 189. Accompanied by series of ‘discs’ entitled ‘Teaching English under Difficulties’, including demonstration lessons, ‘available at British Council Offices and for use by Training Colleges’, p. [v] of earlier impression than that in CELTE. 'Deals with problems of teaching English particularly to large classes by teachers with limited resources. Based oon experience over many years in India and the Middle East. Concerned to establish the beest techniques and aims to ensure the greatest success under unfavourable conditions. Simply and clearly written with many practical examples. Includes sections on- Useful devices in the large class, the teaching of reading, cosntruction of reading material, speech training, lesson forms, textbook construction, teaching training. Appendix- A minimum adequate vocabulary for speech classified. Valuable to teachers and teacher trainers'. BC Biblio 1963. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-65.

Tiffen, B. W. 1967. Teaching English in Primary Schools. Kaduna: Ministry of Education. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Chapman, L. R. H. 1958. Teaching English to Beginners. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 13/2, p. 86. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-41. Chapman was a teacher for UNWRA and the book assumes that Arabic is the learner’s mother tongue. 'Primarily inended for young teachers in Arabic speaking countries. A model first lesson is given, Includes explanations of the use of aids such as word and structure cards, wall charts and the blackboard. The teaching of English handwriting to Arabic speaking pupils (and others) is described in detail'. (BC Biblio 1963)

Derrick, J. 1966. Teaching English to Immigrants. London: Longmans. * Dakin

201

Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 22/2, p. 188

Frisby, A. W. 1957. Teaching English: Notes and Comments on Teaching English Overseas. London: Longmans Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Location: Warwick ELT Archive. Notes: 'Handbook primarily concerned with the teaching of English as a second language to children and based largely on experience in Malaya. The oral approach, pupil-teacher relationships, speech training, intensive and extensive reading, expression and the place of literature are discussed and many hints for teaching techniques are given. List of structural words, of common errors in pronunciation, and of suitable verses for children are included'. BC Biblio 1963. Reviewed in ELT 12/3, p. 111. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-52.

Rivers, W. M. 1968. Teaching Foreign-Language Skills. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Donated by Peter Collier, Reviewed in ELT 24/2, p. 190.

Ford, F. 1977. Teaching Guide for Ventures in English Grade 6. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Widdowson, H. G. 1978. Teaching Language as Communication. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier, Reviewed in ELT 35/4, p. 455.

Hobbs, J. 1977. Teaching Observed. British Broadcasting Corporation. * Book published later than films; film premiered in 1974 (personal communication, Shelagh Rixon, 4/8/06)

British, C. 1978. The Teaching of Comprehension. London: The British Council. * (Ed.)

Quirk, R. and A. H. Smith. 1966. The Teaching of English. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier. Original Pub Date: 1959. Notes: . 'Six lectures delivered at the Communication Research centre, University College, London in 1958. Includes: English language and the structural approach Randolph Quirk, an introduction to linguistic usage; Some aspects for style Jeremy Warburg; The teaching of English to scientists and engineers B.C.Brooks; and the teaching of English as a foreign language J.C.Catford, which lays down factors that must be considered in planning a course of English for foreigners, e.g. the characteristics of the native language'. BC Biblio 1963. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-36 1959 edition.

French, F. G. 1948. The Teaching of English Abroad Part I. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Liza Sandell. Notes: Another copy held with different cover. Reviewed in ELT 4/6 p. 168 and ELT 5/1, p. 26. Part I reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 4.; Reviewed in OE 21/4, p. 1124; Reviewed in OE 21/4, p. 1130; Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-49. 'Practical and in part detailed manual for teachers in schools, but also adaptable to the teaching to adults. Largely based on the Oxford

202

English course by the same author. Part 1- Introduction to Oral Approach through phrase- and sentence patterns, comprising word order, structural words and inflexions. Part 2- The worked of the first three years building up a vocabulary of 900 words, including a large proportion of structural words. Basic tenses presented. Use of blackboard, chorus work, substitution tables and dramatisation discussed. Model lessons given. Part 3- Expansion of vocabulary to 2,000 words. Exposition of importance of oral and written composition. Chapters on marking and specimen tests and examination papers. Written in simple language' BC Biblio 1963. Part I: Aims and Methods, II- The Junior Course, III- The Three Senior Years.

French, F. G. 1948. The Teaching of English Abroad Part I. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Another copy held with different cover.

French, F. G. 1949. The Teaching of English Abroad Part II. London: Oxford University Press. *

French, F. G. 1950. The Teaching of English Abroad Part III. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Liza Sandell and Dakin Collection.

Walatara, D. 1965. The Teaching of English as a Complementary Language in Ceylon. Colombo: Lake House. * Dakin Collection.

Hunter, N. W. 1921. The Teaching of English in England. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office. * Donated by Peter Collier. Notes: 1921 edition. 1924 edition also held. Author Role: Enquiry into the Position of English in the Educational System of England

Thompson, M. S. H. and H. G. Wyatt. 1923. The Teaching of English in India. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue, 3rd edition Reviewed in OE 7/1, p. 37

Wyatt, H. 1923. The Teaching of English in India. London: Oxford University Press. * (in Smith, Richard C. (ed.). 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 1)

Directorate of Extension Programmes for Secondary, E. 1963. The Teaching of English in India: Report of the Conference on the Teaching of English in Schools. New Delhi: NCERT. * Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. 1927. The Teaching of English in the Far East. London: Harrap. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Also in in Smith, Richard C. ed. 2003. Teaching English as a Foreign Language, 1912-1936: Pioneers of ELT. London: Routledge, Volume 4.

203

Kingdon, R. 1953. The Teaching of English Intonation. London: The British Council. * Extent of Work: 27 pp.

Notes: . Reprinted from English Language Teaching 2/4-6; 3/1. Donated by Peter Collier. Reviewed in ELT 8/3, Supplement, p. 10.

Fries, C. C. 1949. The Teaching of English: A Series of Essays on 'What is Good English?', 'Teaching the English Language', 'Teaching Literature'. Ann Arbor, Michigan: George Wahr.

Brookes, B. C, J. C. Catford, W. H. Mittins, R. Quirk, J. L. M. Trim, J. Warburg and A. H. Smith. 1959. The Teaching of English: Studies in Communication 3. London: Secker & Warburg. * Dakin Collection.

Widgery, W. H. 1888. The Teaching of Languages in Schools. London: Nutt. * (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 4)

Moody, H. L. B. 1971. The Teaching of Literature in Developing Countries. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Bahlsen, L. 1903. The Teaching of Modern Languages. Boston: Ginn. * 2nd edition

Notes: Trans. from German by M. Blakemore Evans, 2nd edition ed, Boston: Ginn (originally published by Teachers College). (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002. Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 5).

MacCarthy, P. 1978. The Teaching of Pronunciation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Haycraft, B. 1971. The Teaching of Pronunciation: A Classroom Guide. London: Longman. * Dakin Collection.

Hornby, A. S. 1962. The Teaching of Structural Words and Sentence Patterns Stage 3. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Noted in ELT 17/2, p.103, Reviewed in ELT 17/3, p. 147 . Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-56. British Library, Edinburgh (COPAC). 1973 edition 'A series of source books for teachers of English as a foreign language. The series aims to cover items that are normally taught during a first English course. Each book is in two parts: Part 1 consists of substitution tables summarising the material presented in part 2, which gives sentence patterns and practical detailed suggestions to teachers. Stages 1 and 2 mainly deal with material which can be presented and drilled orally. Stage 3 extends the scope to material related more to written English'. (BC Biblio 1963). Location: British Library, Aberdeen, Oxford,

204

National Library of Scotland (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. 1959. The Teaching of Structural Words and Sentence Patterns. Stage 1. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Reviewed in ELT 15/2, p. 96 . Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-56. British Library, Oxford (COPAC). 1978 edition in British Library, National Library of Scotland, Oxford (COPAC) 'A series of source books for teachers of English as a foreign language. The series aims to cover items that are normally taught during a first English course. Each book is in two parts: Part 1 consists of substitution tables summarising the material presented in part 2, which gives sentence patterns and practical detailed suggestions to teachers. Stages 1 and 2 mainly deal with material which can be presented and drilled orally. Stage 3 extends the scope to material related more to written English'. (BC Biblio 1963). Stage 2 in British Library (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. 1961. The Teaching of Structural Words and Sentence Patterns. Stage 2. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. 'A series of source books for teachers of English as a foreign language. The series aims to cover items that are normally taught during a first English course. Each book is in two parts: Part 1 consists of substitution tables summarising the material presented in part 2, which gives sentence patterns and practical detailed suggestions to teachers. Stages 1 and 2 mainly deal with material which can be presented and drilled orally. Stage 3 extends the scope to material related more to written English'. (BC Biblio 1963). Location: British Library. Reviewed ELT 16/2, p. 109 . Reviewed BC Biblio 1963, L-56. 1978 edition British Library, National Library of Scotland, Oxford (COPAC)

Hornby, A. S. 1966. The Teaching of Structural Words and Sentence Patterns. Stage 4. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Location: British Library, Reviewed ELT 21/2, p. 192. British Library, Leeds, Nottingham (COPAC). 1973 edition British Library, Aberdeen, Oxford, National Library of Scotland (COPAC)

Gurrey, P. 1954. The Teaching of Written English. London: Longmans Green. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 8/4, p. 145. Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-34. National Library of Scotland, Edinburgh ; Leeds ; Nottingham ; Oxford ; Sheffield ; ULL (COPAC). 'Addressed primarily to teachers of English in Britain, but deals with many points that will help teachers of English as a second language overseas: enlargement of the pupil's vocabulary, the relation of expression to experience and interest, the aims and objectives of composition, decriptive sketches, story telling, character drawing, and precis writing.' ((BC Biblio 1963). )

Byrne, D. 1976. Teaching Oral English. Longman. * CELTE, Reviewed in ELT 35/1, p. 71

Revell, J. 1979. Teaching Techniques for Communication. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 35/4, p. 459

205

Byrne, D. 1979. Teaching Writing Skills. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

White, R. V. 1980. Teaching Written English. London: Allen & Unwin. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 35/3, p. 356.

Carey Francis, E. 1946. Teaching: Notes for Teachers in African Schools. Nairobi: Highway Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: [Christian education]- Date of publication mentioned as 1957 on copy

British, C. 1980. Team Teaching in ESP. London: The British Council. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. Notes: (Ed.)

Sorzano, M. and et al. 1975. Technical English: Basado en la Edicion Anterior de los Professores Mercedes Sorzano y Cesar Olazabal. Ciudiad Universitaria. * Dakin Collection.

Broughton, G. 1965. A Technical Reader for Advanced Students. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Palmer, H. E. 1931. The Technique of Question-Answering. Tokyo: IRET. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Aids to ‘English as Speech’, vol. 1. Location: Selected Writings, vol. 4.

Wohl, M. 1978. Techniques for Writing: Composition. Rowley, MA: Newbury House Publishers. * Donated by Janelle Coooper.

Billows, F. L. 1961. The Techniques of Language Teaching. London: Longmans. * Donated by Keith Richards. Notes: ' Imaginative yet practical advice by an experienced teacher, primarily, but not exclusively, for teachers of children. Chapters on situational language teaching are followed by sections on unsupervised work and group work, visual aids, and the teaching of composition, prose literature and poetry. The contributions to language teaching of linguistics and of psychology are mentioned, and the learning of English is viewed as part of a pattern of self expression and of social and educational development'. BC Biblio 1963. ; Reviewed in ELT 16/2, p. 107, Reviewed in BC Biblio 1963, L-39. British Library, National Library of Scotland, Oxford (COPAC)

Richardson, S, D. Whitehouse and G. Wilkinson. 1966. Teenage Twelve 1: Youth Club. Glasgow: Gibson. * Dakin Collection.

Rzewuski, J. 1959. Teksty Techniczne do Nauki. Warszawa: Wydawnictwo. * Dakin Collection.

206

Giggins, L. W. and D. J. Shoebridge. 1970. Tense Drills. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Charlton, J. M. 1945. Test Papers in English. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Penn, D, C. O'Hagan and R. L. Malone. 1964. Test Your English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 151. Test papers suitable for use after several years of English

Coe, N. and W. S. Fowler. 1978. Test your English Book 2. Surrey: Nelson. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Penn, D, C. O'Hagan and R. L. Malone. 1963. Test Your Understanding of English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1865, No. 207

Peter, W.-J. 1979. Test Your Vocabulary 3. Harmondsworth: Penguin. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Peter, W.-J. 1979. Test Your Vocabulary 4. Harmondsworth: Penguin. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Stone, L. 1970. Tests in English Structure and Usage. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Cross, G. 1949. Things We Use Series Book 1, 4, 9, 14, 20. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, O-30- 24 titles in all Dakin Collection.

Cooper, J. 1979. Think and Link: An Advanced Course in Reading and Writing Skills. London: Edward Arnold. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Kennard, J. S. and H. E. e. Palmer. 1923. Thinking in English. Ten lessons in mental alertness. Tokyo: IRET. * Donated by Richard Smith. Notes: Edited by H.E.P. [Enlarged ed. (1924) in British Library.] Bibliographical details on the final page of the first edition (consulted on a copy loaned by Imura Motomichi) indicate that this book was, or was intended to be published in April (a space is left blank where the day of publication would normally be filled in). However, according to Bulletin 1/1 (1 June 1923): 8, this work ‘appeared from the Press’ along with 1923b and 1923c on 1 May. There were many subsequent revisions and imPressions of this work, and later editions tend to be inaccurate with regard to the initial publication date. Location: British Library

Hill, L. A. and P. R. Popkin. 1970. A Third Crossword Puzzle Book. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

207

Dunlop, I. 1959. This is English. Stockholm: Sveriges Radio. * Dakin Collection.

Low, L. 1974. This is GB: A Weekend in London. London: Mary Glasgow. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Low, L. 1971. This is GB: Life with the Family. London: Mary Glasgow. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Palmer, H. E. and A. S. Hornby. 1937. Thousand-Word English. London: Harrap. * Donated by John Eckersley. Notes: Reviewed in OE 8/4, p. 230. British Library, National Library of Scotland, Leeds, UCL (COPAC) Date and Place of Publication from British Library Catalogue

Palmer, H. E. and A. S. Hornby. 1937. Thousand-Word English. What It Is and What Can Be Done with It. London: Harrap. * Reviewed anonymously in Oversea Education 8/4 July 1937. This review was reprinted in Bulletin 137 Aug.Sept. 1937: 14/15. Donated by John Eckersley.

Ladefoged, P. 1967. Three Areas of Experimental Phonetics. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Desewu, P. M. 1951. The Three Brothers. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Jerome, J. K. 1948. Three Men in a Boat. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1955. Three Shakespeare Comedies. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Wilde, O. 1964. Three Short Stories. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Van Ek, J. A. and L. G. Alexander. 1975. Threshold Level English Oxford: Pergamon. * Dakin Collection.

van Ek, J. A. 1976. The Threshold Level for Modern Language Learning in Schools. London: Longmans. * Reviewed in ELT 34/3, p. 232

Lee, W. R. and M. Dodderidge. 1963. Time for a Song: A Book of Songs for Overseas Learners of English. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 18/4, p. 192, Noted in BC Biblio 1865, No. 225.

Centre de Linguistique de, D. 1979. Today's English. Classse de Premiere. Dakar: Hatier.

208

Centre de Linguistique de, D. 1978. Today's English. Classse de Quatrieme. Dakar: Hatier.

Centre de Linguistique de, D. 1978. Today's English. Classse de Quatrieme. Livre du maitre. Dakar: Hatier.

Centre de Linguistique de, D. 1975. Today's English. Classse de Seconde. Dakar: Hatier.

Centre de Linguistique de, D. 1979. Today's English. Classse de Troisieme. Dakar: Hatier.

Centre de Linguistique de, D. 1979. Today's English. Classse de Troisieme. Livre du maitre. Dakar: Hatier.

Centre de Linguistique de, D. 1971. Today's English. Leading the Course. Dakar: Hatier.

Halbrich, J. O. 1954. Toil and Chat: Anecdotes, Phrases for Travellers, The Art of Teaching, Idiomatic Expressions. Buenos Aires: San Martin. * Dakin Collection.

Halbrich, J. O. 1955. Toil and Chat: Curso Elemental del Ingles. Buenos Aires: Metodo. * Dakin Collection.

Halbrich, J. O. 1954. Toil and Chat: English Conversation and Revision of Grammar. Buenos Aires: Metodo. * Dakin Collection.

Halbrich, J. O. 1954. Toil and Chat: English Conversation and Revision of Grammar Course B. Buenos Aires: Metodo. * Dakin Collection.

Halbrich, J. O. 1954. Toil and Chat: English for Latin Americans, Spanish for English and American Students. Buenos Aires: Metodo. * Dakin Collection.

Halbrich, J. O. 1955. Toil and Chat: More Idiomatic Expressions. Buenos Aires: San Martin. * Dakin Collection.

Halbrich, J. O. 1954. Toil and Chat: Something to Talk About. Buenos Aires: Metodo. * Dakin Collection.

Halbrich, J. O. 1954. Toil and Chat:Lady Windermere's Fan by Oscar Wilde. Buenos Aires: Metodo. * Dakin Collection.

Faucett, L. 1976. Tolstoy, Advocate of Non-Violence. Notes: Donated by Frances Stacey.

209

Fairfax, R. D. 1964. Tom and Jane Book 1. Rio de Janeiro: Ao Livro Tecnico. * Dakin Collection.

Firth, J. R. 1937. The Tongues of Men and Speech. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Harrison, J, M. L. Morgan and J. J. Percil. 1974. Topic English: A Short Intermediate Course. London: Macmillan. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Frémont, I. 1949. The Tortoise of Koka and Other Stories. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

van der Keuken, G. J. Touch up your English. Zutphen: N.V.W.J. Thieme. * 5th

Sinclair, J. M. and R. M. Coulthard. 1975. Towards an Analysis of Discourse: The English Used by Teachers and Pupils. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Kogl, R. and O. Krasensky. 1954. Towards Better English. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

Lane, S. M. and M. Kemp. 1968. Towards Creative Writing 1. London: Blackie. * Dakin Collection.

Lane, S. M. and M. Kemp. 1968. Towards Creative Writing 2. London: Blackie. * Dakin Collection.

McWilliam, H. O. A. 1961. Training in English Book 1,2. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1963, M-10. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 248. Designed for teachers in training in West Africa- Books 1-2

Teachers and English Language Advisers for the North West and South West, P. A Training Manual for Secondary School English Teachers. Yaounde, Cameroon: Publishing and Production Centre for Teaching and Research (CEPER). * Donated by Liza Sandell.

Thomas, O. 1965. Transformational Grammar and the Teacher of English. London: Holt. * Dakin Collection.

Flood, W. E. 1950. Treasures from the Earth. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Valdman, A. e. 1966. Trends in Language Teaching. New York: McGraw-Hill. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

210

Davidson, R. and M. Cohen. 1978. Trip to London. London: Longmans. * Donated by Rafael Salguele.

Thornley, G. C. 1962. True or Not: A Selection of Short Stories. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

The British, C. 1969. The Turners: Drill Pictures and Dialgoues- Students' Book. London: British Council. * Dakin Collection.

The British, C. 1969. The Turners: Teacher's Book. London: British Council. * Dakin Collection.

Barkley, W. 1941. The Two Englishes: Being Some Account of the Differences Between the Spoken and the Written English Languages. London: Pitman. * Dakin Collection.

Chase, S. 1943. The Tyranny of Words. London: Methuen. Notes: Donated by Janelle Cooper. Notes: 4th edition

Collins, A. S. 1949. Understanding and Appreciating: Exercises in Comprehension for Higher School Certificate. London: University Tutorial Press.

Swan, M. 1976. Understanding Ideas: Advanced Reading Skills. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 32/3, p. 246.

Richards, J. C. E. 1978. Understanding Second and Foreign Language Learning: Issues and Approaches. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. * Dakin Collection.

Hoare, R. J. 1961. Understanding Through Interest 1-4. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Myers, A. and D. P. Crowley. 1951. The Unit Method English Course Pupil's Book 3. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in OE 22/4, p. 173. Date of Publication from British Library Catalogue Pupil's Book 1, 2, 3; Teacher's Book 2, 3 in Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1955. A University Anthology for Engineers and Scientists: A Selection by a Panel of Lecturers in Egypt for Use in Universities, Higher Institutes and Senior Forms. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Smith, L. E. W. 1962. University Entrance Tests in the Use of English. London: Methuen. * Dakin Collection.

211

British, C. 1980. The University of Malaya English for Special Purposes Project (UMESPP). London: The British Council. * (Ed.)

Notes: Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Millington-Ward, J. 1954. The Use of Tenses in English: A New Approach for Intermediate Students. London: Longmans, Green. * Donated by John Eckersley. Noted in BC Biblio 1963, N-67.

British Council Centre, E. T. I. e. 1979. The Use of the Media in English Language Teaching. London: The British Council. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Underhill, A. 1980. Use your Dictionary: A Practice Book for Users of Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English and Oxford Student's Dictionary of Current English. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit. . Notes: Label General Materials

Eliascos, E. N. 1959. Use Your English Part I. Athens: Athens College. * Dakin Collection.

Eliascos, E. N. 1959. Use Your English Part II. Athens: Athens College. * Dakin Collection.

Shaw, P. and T. D. Vet. 1980. Using Blackboard Drawing. London: Allen & Unwin. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Hughes, F. 1965. Using Commas. London: Hart-Davis. * Series Volume ID: 2

Notes: Dakin Collection.

McArthur, T. 1972. Using English Prefixes and Suffixes. London: Collins. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Author unknown. 1970. Using English Pupils Book Standard 3, Standard 4: Book 1, 3. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Mackenzie, M. D. M. 1972. Using Essential English Tenses: Intermediate Level. London: Evans.

Darley, W. L. 1966. Using Our Language: Introductory Book, Book 2. London: Collins. * Dakin Collection.

McArthur, T. 1975. Using Phrasal Verbs. London: Collins. * Donated by SLALS,

212

University of Reading.

Heaton, J. B. 1965. Using Prepositions and Particles Workbooks 1-3. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Byrne, D. 1980. Using the Magnetboard. London: Allen & Unwin. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 35/2, p. 199.

Unknown. 1975. USSR Today: USSR Education. Moscow: Novosti. * Dakin Collection.

Page, J. 1939. Vanity Fair by W.M. Thackeray. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Moody, H. L. B. 1970. Varieties of English: Practice in Advanced Uses of English. London: Longman. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Dickinson, L. and R. Mackin. 1969. Varieties of Spoken English: Workbook. London: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Author unknown. 1974. Ventures in English Grade 1: Reading with John and Mary. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1975. Ventures in English Grade 2 Book 1: The Family at Home. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1975. Ventures in English Grade 2 Book 2: John and Mary in the Winter. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1975. Ventures in English Grade 2 Book 3: Looking and Doing. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1974. Ventures in English Grade 3 Book 1: Making Friends. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1974. Ventures in English Grade 3 Book 2: Finding Out. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Author unknown. 1975. Ventures in English Grade 4 Book 3: New People. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Ford, F. 1976. Ventures in English Grade 5 Book 1: Modern Places. Salisbury, Rhodesia: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Ford, F. 1976. Ventures in English Grade 5 Book 2: Modern People. Salisbury,

213

Rhodesia: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Ford, F. 1977. Ventures in English Grade 6 Book 1: Places Today. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

Ford, F. 1977. Ventures in English Grade 6 Book 2: People Today. Salisbury: The College Press. * Dakin Collection.

O'Neill, R. and R. Scott. 1974. Viewpoints: Interviews for Listening Comprehension. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit, Reviewed in ELT 30/4, p. 346.

Soromenho, P, A. De Sousa and M. M. Da Silva. 1953. Virgilio Couto: 2 Steps Forward- A Second Book of English. Didatica. * Dakin Collection.

Holden, S. e. 1978. Visual Aids for Classroom Interaction. London: Modern English Publications. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Corder, S. P. 1966. The Visual Element in Language Teaching. Longman: London. * Dakin Collection. , Reviewed in ELT 22/2, p. 190.

Percil, J. J. and M. L. Morgan. 1977. Vital English. London: Macmillan. * Study Guide also in CELTE

Percil, J. J. and M. L. Morgan. 1977. Vital English: Study Guide. London: Macmillan. * Study Guide also in CELTE

Hill, L. A. and R. D. S. Fielden. 1962. Vocabulary Tests and Exercises for Overseas Students. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 17/3, p. 148. Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 189

Downman, L. and P. Hammarberg. 1959. Waiting for the Police and Other Short Stories. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell. * Dakin Collection.

Fleming, G. 1959. Wall Pictures for Guided Composition with English Vocabulary. London: University of London Press. * Dakin Collection.

Brander, L. 1951. The War of the Worlds by H.G. Wells. London: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Robb, A. M. 1956. The Way to English Book 1. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.


214



Alexander, L. G. and J. A. Van Ek. 1977. Waystage English. Oxford: Pergamon. * Donated by Thelma Henderson.

Alexander, L. G. and J. A. Van Ek. 1980. Waystage English. Oxford: Pergamon. * Dakin Collection.

Ek, J. A. v. and L. G. Alexander. 1977. Waystage: Systems Development in Adult Language Learning. An Intermediary Objective Below Threshold-level in a European Unit/Credit System for Modern Language Learning by Adults. Strasbourg: Council for Cultural Co-operation of the Council of Europe. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Howatt, A, P. E. Treacher, A. Wright and M. Bean. 1969. Welcome: Guide to the Course. London: Harrap. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A, P. E. Treacher, A. Wright and M. Bean. 1969. Welcome: Problems and Exercises: Work Book 1B. London: Harrap. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A, P. E. Treacher, A. Wright and M. Bean. 1969. Welcome: Stories, Words, and Pictures- Pupil's Book 1B. London: Harrap. * Dakin Collection.

Howatt, A, P. E. Treacher, A. Wright and M. Bean. 1969. Welcome: Teacher's Book 1A:1B. London: Harrap. * Dakin Collection.

Dunlop, I. 1962. We're Going to England. Stockholm: Sveriges Radio. * Dakin Collection.

Dodd, E. F. 1954. Westward Ho! by Charles Kingsley. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 9/2, p. 71

Underwood, M. 1976. What A Story! Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading, Reviewed in ELT 36/3.

Byrne, D. and A. Wright. 1974. What Do You Think? Pictures for Conversation in English: Students' Book 1. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Byrne, D. and A. Wright. 1974. What Do You Think? Pictures for Conversation in

215

English: Students' Book 2. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Byrne, D. and A. Wright. 1974. What Do You Think? Pictures for Conversation in English: Teacher's Book One. London: Longman. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Petersen, A. B. 1968. What Words: Some Problems of Word Frequency Connected with the Teaching as an L2. Denmark: Gyldendal. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1975. What Would You Say? London: Evans. * Donated by Judith Kennedy.

Land, G. 1975. What's in the News? London: Longman. * Donated by Christiopher Brumfit. Notes: Reading Skills Book.

Carpenter, D. J. 1957. Where the White Sambhur Roams by Richard Spittel. Madras: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection.

Barrie, W. B. 1968. Which and How: Application Exercises and Texts; Analytical and Structural Vocabulary for Overseas Students. Paris: Didier. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Reviewed in ELT 24/1, p. 87

Anderson, S. D, C. E. Nuttall and J. P. B. Shepherd. 1969. Word Order in Indirect Questions. Student's Book. London: Longman.

The Orthological, I. 1950. Word Stresses and Theoretical Guide for Teachers of Basic English. London: Basic English Publishing Co. * Donated by Peter Collier.

Kogl, R. and O. Krasensky. 1955. The World at Large: Reading Matter for Advanced Students of English. Wien: Franz Deuticke. * Dakin Collection.

L'Anglais en, A. 1974. The World Today. Paris: Hatier.

Bouet, J. and S. Bouet. 1974. The World Today: L'anglais en Afrique at a Madagascar. Paris: Hatier.

Ridout, R. 1965. World Wide English. London: Macmillan. * Dakin Collection. Notes: Noted in BC Biblio 1965, No. 164, Introductory Book and Books 1-2, Readers Introductory A, 1A and 2A

Zinkin, T. 1980. Write Right: A Guide to Effective Communication in English. Oxford: Pergamon Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

Lawrence, M. S. 1972. Writing as a Thinking Process. Michigan: University of Michigan Press. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

216

Heaton, J. B. 1975. Writing English Language Tests: A Practical Guide for Teachers of English as a Second or Foreign Language. London: Longman. * Donated by SLALS, University of Reading.

Doty, G. and J. Ross. 1965. Writing English: A Composition Text in English as a Foreign Language. New York: Harper & Row. * Dakin Collection.

Hill, L. A. 1978. Writing for a Purpose. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Advertised on back cover of ELT 33/2, Reviewed in ELT 34/1, p. 74

Menne, S. 1980. Writing for Effect. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Menne, S. 1979. Writing for Effect: Teacher's Book. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Donated by Janelle Cooper.

Swales, J. 1971. Writing Scientific English: A TextBook of English as a Foreign Language for Students of Physical and Engineering Sciences. London: Nelson. * Donated by Christopher Brumfit.

McCrimoon, J. M. 1957. Writing with a Purpose: A First Course in College Composition. Cambridge, MA: The Riverside Press. * Dakin Collection.

Moody, K. W. 1966. Written English Under Control. Ibadan: Oxford University Press. * Dakin Collection.

Bronte, E. 1956. Wuthering Heights. London: Longmans. * Dakin Collection.

Curriculum Development Centre, M. o. E. L. 1972. Zambia Primary Course Reader 7. Experimental Version. Zambia: Ministry of Education.

Kühn, K. 1882. Zur Methode des französischen Unterrichts. Ein Beitrag zur Reform des Sprachunterrichts und zur Überbürdungsfrage. Wiesbaden: Bergmann. * 2nd edition. Notes: Originally published by Wiesbaden: Ritter? (in Howatt, A.P.R. and Richard C. Smith (eds). 2002: Modern Language Teaching: The Reform Movement. London: Routledge, Volume 2).

Kelly, L. G. 1969. 25 Centuries of Language Teaching 500 BC- 1969. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury.

217